MitJStR ATtti • CA:i^^ OF
CgjTpN SPINNING
'■'^''^'mCHINERY
John. HetheriEigton
-ons
MANCHESTER
5^t*fc Agent for u. s. a, and Canada
Herbert
LIBRARY
^NSSACtft;^^^
3895
•"— ■™^'"""
#^/m:
Illustrated Catalogue
OF
Textile Machinery
MADE BY
John Hetherington & Sons,
LIMITED
VULCAN AND ANCOATS WORKS.
(Established 1830.)
POLLARD STREET,
MANCHESTER.
John Hetherinp+'^^ ^^
Telephone No. 3745 City. Telegraphic Address:
(5 lines.) "HETH," MANCHESTER.
Also proprietors of
CURTIS, SONS & CO.,
(Established 1804.)
Phoenix Works, Manchester.
23Q91
'1 ^
Preface.
We^have pleasure in submitting to your notice
our new Catalogue of Textile Machinery.
Our endeavour has been to produce a book
which, while useful generally, may also be instructive
to those desirous of closely examining particular
points of practice, and we trust the present edition,
which has been brought up to date, and gives
information respecting new Machines and Improve-
ments made by us since the issue of our last
Catalogue in 1911, will meet with your appreciation,
John Hetherington & Sons, Ltd.
February, 1921.
SMTl LIBRARY
CONTENTS,
Automatic. Hopper Feeder
Bale Opener
Balling; Machine...
Bundling Press
Cable Cord Machine
Camless Winding Frame
Carding Engine
Combined Vertical Opener and Scutcher
Cr;eeper Feed Table or Porcupine Opener
Crighton or Vertical Opener
Derby Doublers
Drawing Frames
Draw Frame and Lap Machine Combined
Exhaust Opener and Scutcher
Flyer Doublers
Hard Waste Machinery
" Knowles " Winding Frame
Large Cylinder Opener
Mule, Hetherington Pattern ..
Curtis' Pattern
,, Turns per inch for Counts lO's-132's T and W
*' Nasmith " Combing Machines for Counts
Combing Machines with " Roth's " Aspirator
Percentage Balance for Comber Waste
Reels for Cops or Bobbins
Ribbon Lap Machines
Ring Doubling Frame
.. Spinning Frame
., Travellers
Roller Truing Machine
Roving Waste Opener
.Scutcher
Sliver or Comber Lap Machine
Soft Waste Machinery
Speed Frames
Spindle Banding Machine
Square Roots
Twine Laying Machines
Twiners, Yorkshire and P'rench System
Views of Works
Winding Frames
Worsted Mule
Page
14,21
2,
, 10
269
... 264,
265
267
... 254,
258
60
,75
33
. 37
22
. 24
25
. 32
76
, 77
... 119,
134
87
38
,42
... 248,
249
■... 270
27i
... 250.
253
43
.49
... 162,
209
179
205
... 88,
110
... Ill,
116
... 117,
118
... 259,
263
82
:, 86
... 233,
247
... 214.
232
... 228,
246
110
11
, 12
50, 59
78, 81
... 271,
272
.. 135,
161
268
150 and 229
267
... 210.
213
ront of Book
250, 256,
266
... 192,
193
INDEX TO ILLUSTRATIONS.
Bale
Page
Opener 2
Page
Combing Machine, Egyptian Sliver ... 93
Lattice
4
.\merican Sliver ...
94
Section
6
Nipper Crank
97
.. Plan
8
Piecing ...
98
Roving Waste Opener
11
Combing...
99
.Automatic Hopper Feeder
13
Top Comb
101
Section and
Action of Nipper ..
103
Feeding arrangements ... 17
19
Gearing 107, lOS
109
Automatic Plan
20
Plan
110
Porcupine or Creeper Feed
23
with Roths .As-
Plans ...
24
pirator
112
Crighton or Vertical Opener Footstep
26
Waste Lattice ...
114
.. Grid ...
Elevation
„ Plan ..
Section
29
30
31
.. in con-
junction with Roth's Aspirators ...
Pecentage Scale for Comber Waste ...
Drawing Frame 119
Section
116
118
124
121
Combined with Scutcher ...
34
Stop Motions 122,123
125
Plan
35
Single Preventer
126
Gearing
37
Plans
129
Exhaust Opener and Scutcher ... 39
41
Gearing
132
Plan ...
40
Speed Frames 135
146
Large Cylinder Opener
43
Roller Stand
136
Sections
45
Tapering Motion
140
„ Plans
47
Differential Motion ...
143
Scutcher 50
55
Gearings ... 152. 154
155
Regulator
53
Bobbins and
Plan showing Fan Holes ...
Gearing
Carding Engines 60
56
58
69
Mu
Skewers 158
le, Heth Pattern 162
,, Headstock 164
Rim Band Tightening ...
160
176
168
166
.. Flats 62
63
,, Cam Shaft
167
Grinding Motion 65, 66
67
Nosing Motion
169
Plan of Gearing
73
Stretching Motion
172
Derby Doubler
76
, Curtis Pattern
178
Comber or Sliver Lap Machine
78
Change Motion
180
Stop Motion
79
Tension Motion
182
Single Preventer ...
80
Headstock
185
Ribbon Lap Machine
82
, Metal Carriage
171
Gearing
84
, Patent Draft Gearing
174
Plan
85
, Double Speed Driving
175
Combing Machine ^Xasmith's) ... 88
96
Patent Loose Spindle Bolster ..
177
Section
91
, Guards 186. 187,
188
,
„ Sea Island Sliver...
92
. Creels 190.
191
INDEX TO ILLUSTRATIONS.- Continued.
Paf^e
Page
Mule for Worsted
... 192
Ring Doubling Frame, English System
.. Gearinji. Hetii Mule
.199,201
Wet 236
Curtis ..
... 202
Scotch System... 237
.. Plans
.. 208
. ., ,, Spindles 238
Twiner. Yorkshire System
.. 210
Knee Brake ... 239
Rint^ Spinninji Frame
.. 214
,, Gearing 244
Roller Stand
.. 216
Winding Frames 250, 254,- 266
Spindles ...
.. 218
Camless Motion ... 257
Separators
.. 220
Reels, Double 259
Creels
.. 222
,, Single 261,262
Creel for W
aste 223
Bundling Press 264
Gearint< ...
... 225
Spindle Banding Machine 268
Ring Doubling Frame ... 233.
240, 242
Balling Machine 269
English System
Dry
.. 235
IX
XI
Xll
XV
xvu
H
w
<
W
Q
O
O
w
w
Q
XIX
XX
XXI
XXll
XXIU
^s
^m
,5-o;,42-a
z
SUIVER L-AP
MACHINE.
tHt^-os »Oa w-AP = JO'- >1
■ • »a- t'
S • • lA- 3'
Q
DERBY DOUBLER
60 CANS 19" LAP.
DRAWlNiq FRKME WITH BEAM& A\_TERNA.TE
—
InrJ
M
M
p^
l-'G-
.-a".*-.
1
or
,2r6.
U
.5 6-H
u
a:
,2/0'
*0
u
J
u.
U
J
2
<
a:
z
2
z
Z
<
0
z
o
B
a
2
Si
i
i
a
z
>
a.
z
E
jp ^a
DOOBUE -4-0 HANK BOBBIN
REE\_.
Quick traverse YriNDiN<j frame
BUNDUINq PRESS
t!
Single -^O hank cop
REEU .
1-2
3*
STOP MOTION DOUBL-iNq
WlNDlNCj FRAME.
U3
A.TWl
1
ME!
6
u
1
0
u
; .^PINDLCS.
^ SPINDI-CS . II
DIMENSIONS OFMACHINES
XXIV
COTTON GIN
^ 91-0" ..
.AUTOMATIC TEEDD?
L
©
16-3
T
©
DOUBLE CRIGHTON OPENER
T
0
HOPPER BALE OPENER
SINGLE CRIGHTON
OPENER
COMBINED CRIGHTON OPENER «< SCUTCHER
WITH CREEPER FEED
« ROVING
WASTE OPENER
1,-
-4
«
,1
^"t "^^^ 1
SINGLE LARGE CYLINDER
OPENER
COMBINED LARGE CYLINDER
OPENER * SCUTCHER
Jl
^^ 1
. 5-^
-1 '^^
R
|_23-5:.
I'l
i
■■i
' (JRt^
■^
=^ 1
DOUaUE BEATER SCUTCHFR
-a LAPS UP
REVOLVING FLAT
CARDING ENGINE
^-1^ '^ 1
-g-i-17-5:
11
P
H
^^ *
^ J
SINGLE BEATER SCUTCHER
4 LAPS UP
— DIMENSIONS OF MACHINES
RIBBON LAP machine:
[7 IS-IVOR SHtADS 84"la- ? ~
"rt ii-ll4 8 - 8i' - ■O " ^
HEILMANN COMBER
HOPPER BALE OPENER
Hopper Bale Opener.
Advantages of the bale opener. — The advantage
of this machine in the mill cannot well be over-estimated,
particularly in large mills. The cotton is opened up better
and more evenly than by hand, and with much less labour
on the part of the operatives, while a considerable saving in
wages is effected. In addition to this, the wear and tear
of the machines following is considerably reduced, as the
cotton has already lost some of the heavy dirt, and is pre-
sented to them in a much more open state than it is possible
to get from hand mixing.
Description of machine. -Our new machine, repre-
sented in the accompanying illustrations, is arranged to take
the cotton direct from the bale, fed either by hand in large
quantities, or by a slow-moving lattice. The working parts
are so arranged that the cotton is treated to a combing, in
place of a tearing or pulling action, as in the case of the
majority of the old roller bale breakers. The receiver floor
of this machine when not supplied with a slow-moving feed
lattice is composed of inclined grids or bars, through which
the loose dirt falls, and arrangements are made at the end
of the machine so that the waste can easily be removed
without stopping the machine. These grids are placed at
such an angle that the cotton slides down to the foot of the
spiked lattice.
Improved spiked lattice. — In the construction of
this machine we have devoted particular attention to the
formation of the spiked lattice, which will be seen by re-
ferring to the sketch, Fi^^ 1 giving a section of same. The
laths A, carrying the spikes or teeth, are secured to an
endless canvas B by fixing them to a strip of wood C on the
other side of the canvas sheet B. The whole combination is
then fastened to endless leather bands D in such a manner
that the canvas sheet B hangs slack between each lath.
Advantages of the new lattice. — The object in
making the lattice in the manner described is to prevent the
trouble resulting from bits of cotton, grit, dirt, &c., getting
between the laths and the canvas, as the sheet, in turning
round the drums in the old system, slightly separates from
the edges of the laths, and allows this matter to get be-
tween the laths and canvas. These bits are compressed
when the band straightens
A. LA-K CARRriNO SPIKES !\ -^^^jf^ ^^^^ ^|^|^ ^j^-^ ^^^
B. Canvas \
C. Thin met*i or wood lath
D. Leather belt ^
stant accumulation of hard
pressed matter between the
laths and canvas it fincilly
results in a breakage of the
lath or splitting of the
canvas. With this new
arrangement this trouble
is impossible. The bending
takes place on the leather
band D, and the slackness
of the canvas B prevents it
ever becoming too tight on
going round the drums, or
the laths becoming sep-
arated at the edges any more
at this stage than when the
lattice is travelling in a
straight line; and it will be
readily seen that it is im-
possible for dirt to gather
and in time break off the
laths. With the canvas
never requiring tightening
up, there is nothing to cause
breaking or splitting of the
sheet — a fault in the old
arrangement which allows
dirt, &c., to get on to the rollers, causing great wear to the
same, and preventing a positive drive for the lattice. This
lattice as a whole, only requires to be tight enough to get
a sufficient grip on the rollers for driving.
This method of building up the lattice makes it much
stronger, and effectually prevents the spikes from being
forced through the laths from the front.
The cotton is taken up the spiked lattice, and operated
upon by the " ewener'' roller, revolving in the opposite
direction to the lattice, its action being to take off the sur-
plus cotton from the lattice, and throw it back into the hopper.
This roller is made adjustable so that it can be easily set at any
Fig. 1
required distance from the lattice, suitable for the different
kinds of cotton being worked. To prevent any cotton being
carried round the " evener " roller, it is in turn stripped by a
winged beater also made adjustable. This treatment has
opened the cotton to a considerable degree, and. loosened a
large amount of dirt, sand, &c. To prevent this from being
carried along with the cotton, we introduce an exhaust fan
over the hopper, with the mouth placed over the centre of the
receiver or bin of the machine; this mouth or entrance to the
fan we cover with a perforated sheet, through which the dust,
&c., is drawn, and carried away by a pipe in the usual manner
to the dust chamber or any convenient place. To keep this
perforated sheet clear of fluff or any accumulation whatever,
we employ a mechanical stripper or cleaner, consisting
of a light brush, which is slowly passed to and fro over the
surface of the perforated sheet at the mouth of the exhaust
fan (Fig 2). This device is driven from the lattice shaft, on
which we place a worm, working into a worm wheel on a
side shaft, with connections and levers as shown, which
oscillates the brush on the stud or pivot at its lower extremity,
thus keeping the entrance to the exhaust pipe always clear,
without any attention from the attendant.
The cotton from the upright lattice, after passing the
"evener" roller, is beaten off by means of a flap roller on to
a set of grid bars. These grids are so arranged that it is
impossible for the cotton to miss them before leaving
the machine, and they take all the heavy dirt, &c., which
has been loosened from the cotton after leaving the front
portion of the machine. Underneath the grids we place a
box to receive these droppings, which can easily be removed
and emptied at any time.
Self adjusting bearings are supplied to spiked
lattice and rollers to reduce the wear of the shafts and bear-
ings, and power required for driving the machine.
The arrangement shown in Fig. 2 shows the machine
delivering on to a lattice for making mixings, but they can
be made to feed direct into Crighton Openers, &c., if
required.
The best arrangement when mixings are not required
is the combination of the Bale Opener feeding direct to an
Automatic Feeder supplied with a filling arrangement,
which automatically regulates the supply of cotton from the
Bale Opener.
Position of the machine. — The machine may be
placed in the mixing room or in an adjoining room above or
below, as may be most suitable, as the lattices can be made
in almost any combination. Where a vertical lattice is
necessary it is usually connected directly with the machine,
and driven from it by a fin. rope. The distributing lattices
are also usually driven from the machine, but in extensive
installations they may be driven separately by strap.
Bale opener combined with Crighton opener*. —
Where low classes of dirty cotton are used, the Bale Opener
can be arranged to drop the cotton on to the feed table of
a Creeper Feed or Porcupine Opener feeding a Crighton
Opener, the delivery lattice of which is modified, and ex-
tended to deliver the cotton on to the distributing lattice.
The cotton may be arranged to pass at will either directly
to the mixing, or first through the Opener.
Distributing or mixing lattices are supplied to the
Hopper Bale Opener, and arranged to make any number of
mixings, and carried in any manner most suitable to the
shape of the room. They can also be arranged to feed
direct into an Automatic Feeder supplied with a device,
which stops the Bale Opener when a given quantity of
cotton is delivered, and so continually regulating the supply
of the cotton to the various machines to follow. When
using lattices in connection with the bale opener the cotton
is delivered on to a short lattice placed as low as possible,
and is in turn taken up by a double elevating lattice usually
2ft. wide, with deep sides, well stayed together. From this
double lattice the cotton is delivered on to the distributing
or cross lattice making the various mixings.
Lattices are usually driven from the Bale Opener by
either rope or belt driving, so that the whole combination is
self-contained. Special arrangements of lattices for feeding
two or three Automatic Feeders automatically, or for any
number of machines, either direct from Bale Opener or
Crighton Opener, are made as desired.
Formerly the lattice sides were made of cast-iron, but
we now make them in a special manner in sheet-iron, suit-
ably stiffened, the object being to make them as light as
possible, and unbreakable.
Means of fixing lattices. — The lattice hangers are
made with feet to fit on to small iron beams (of section as
below), which must be placed in the proper position in
5-5 FOR 36 yjJOE
advance. The hangers and lattices are then easily attached
by hook-bolts. All the reversing bevels are covered, and
the reversing arrangements made as perfect as possible.
Power. — Two h.p. for machine without lattice.
Pulleys and speeds.— Spiked lattice pulley, 16in. to
24in. dia., 160 revs.; Beater pulley, 14in. to 22in. dia., 180
revs.; Distributing lattice pulley, 16in. to 20in. dia., 100 revs,
for fin. dia. rope requiring 25 ft.
Floor space.— 9ft. by 5ft. 5in. for 36in. wide machine;
9ft. by 6ft. Sin. for 44iin. wide machine. Width of delivery
lattices, 2ft.
Weights of Machines
without lattice
Cubic feet
Gross
41^ cwts.
44
Net
34 cwts.
36 ,,
164 for 36in. wide machine
167 for 44*in. ,,
r 9'/2"
Weight of 12ft. of double vertical lattice and attach-
ments, gross 13 cwts., net Hi cwts. Weight of 30 feet of
distributing lattice, gross 15f cwts., net 13^ cwts.
Strapping, &c. — Main driving belt, 3in. wide. Beater
belt, 2in. wide, length according to position of main shaft.
Rope for driving the vertical lattice, 25ft. by fin. dia. Rope
for driving the distributing lattice, 25ft. by fin. dia., or belt
2oin. wide if driven separately.
Production.— 2,5001bs. to 3,0001bs. per hour
Hand of machine. — To determine the hand of the
machine face dehvery end, and note if the driving pulley
must be on the right or left hand side.
BALE OPENER SPECIFICATION.
[If our works are closed by reason of strikes, lock-outs, break-
downs, or other unforeseen causes beyond our control, it is hereby
understood that a reasonable delay in the time of delivery be allowed
to us.]
Details to be given when ordering the Bale Openers.
How many machines ?
To be fed by hand or lattice ?
Will you require mixings ? How many ?
Do you feed direct into Automatic Feeder with Patent Feeding
arrangement or direct into Opener ?
What kind of cotton do you work ?
Weight of cotton to be worked per week ?
Do you require Fan t^ extra Pipes @ per
foot?
When facing delivery, pulley to be on the right or left hand ?
Speed of Line Shaft ?
When must the above be delivered ?
Observations and remarks.
10
IMTI LIBRARY
11»
Roving Waste Opener.
A considerable economy, an important consideration in
modern mill management, is effected by the installation of
this machine, inasmuch as all roving or soft waste may be
passed through it and delivered in such an open, fleecy state
as to permit of its being mixed with the raw cotton and so
converted into yarn along with the latter. The waste is
placed on a lattice and carried to the feed roller, it is then
treated to a combing action by a quick-running spiked
beater, and it is finally delivered by the assistance of a zinc
cage on to a delivery lattice arranged to be worked in
connection with the usual mixing or distributing lattices of
the mill, or to deposit the fleece into a skip if desired.
The lattice on which the waste is spread is usually
23 inches wide, and may be of any length required. There
is also provided a Stopping and reversing motion to
prevent accidents.
The feed roller revolves over self- weighted pedals.
The cylinder or beater of Beechwood, 24ins. dia.,
is furnished with flat steel pins of fine pitch, which treat the
material to a combing action. The ends are of sheet-iron
made in halves and the shaft is hardened at its bearings.
A zinc cage assists the action of delivery from the
cylinder on to a lattice arranged to supply other lattices, or
to deliver into skips as required.
A locking device prevents the cylinder cover from
being raised whilst the cylinder is running.
Guards are provided wherever necessary.
Space occupied, — 10ft. x 5ft. lin. with short lattice,
13ft. 7ins. X 5ft. lin. with long lattice.
Pulley. — lOins. dia. X 3in. wide.
Speed. — 800 to 825 revs, per min. Power. — 4 i.h.p.
Strapping. — Main belt 3in. wide, length according to
position of line shaft, beater to cross shaft 8ft. X 2in. wide.
Production, — 30 to 351bs. per hour according to kind
of waste.
12
IMPROVED AUTOMATIC HOPPER FEEDER.
13
New
Automatic Hopper Feeder.
This machine, first introduced into this country by us,
'"and illustrated in the accompanying views, is designed to
^teplace the hand feeding of openers and scutchers by an
^automatic process. It spreads the cotton on to the feed
tables with much greater regularity than is possible by
hand, in addition to opening it considerably, and completely
obviates the necessity of weighing, the attendant having
only to fill the hoppers from time to time, taking care that
the supply does not run low.
It may be applied in several ways. In new installations
it is usual to place the feeder before the opener, both feeder
and porcupine being placed together in the mixing room.
The labour of the attendants is greatly facilitated and a
considerable saving in wages effected by the use of these
machines, especially in large mills where more than one
opener is at work, since one workman can attend to three
machines when conveniently placed. The cotton being
considerably opened in passing through this machine, is
presented to the opener in an open fleecy state, so that the
action of the latter is more effective and the cotton better
cleaned in its passage than would otherwise be the case.
Summary of advantages. — Of our latest im-
proved pattern machine is unequalled for sensitive
regulation, economising labour and subjecting the cotton to
a cleaning process, with the result that a cleaner and more
regular yarn is made, owing to the exceptional regularity
of the feed.
Improved framing with self-adjusting bearings for
lattices and rollers.
Shrouded end-plates for the rollers to prevent dust
and dirt from penetrating and so causing friction.
Rope driving is employed all through except as
regards the two change wheels for regulating the feed to a
nicety, and the fast and loose strap pulleys for the automatic
starting and stopping of the machine.
14
Double pope driving is employed for the levelling
roller, its stripper, the beater stripper, and the surplus roller
over the reserve box.
Spjked lifting lattice with driving blocks of lOin.
diameter, the large size of the blocks preventing slipping of
the lattice and consequent irregularities in the feed.
Adjustments for the le\'elling or evener roller and the
stripper, in relation to the vertical lattice.
Reserve box with delivery roller, together with
adjustable back plates, scale, and index finger.
Surplus roller over the reserve box, with inspection
window to keep the working of the machine under control.
Perforated grids under surplus roller and lifting
lattice to allow the loose dirt to fall away.
Regulation. — We advise the use of a swing door in
the hopper in conjunction with a feed lattice.
This swing door regulates the volume of cotton in
the hopper and therefore ensures an even feed to the
reserve box. It may control the action of a creeper lattice
or a spider for pipe-feeding from above.
The regulator of the succeeding machine acts on the
delivery roller of the reserve box, hut not on any other part
of the hopper feeder, thus relieving the strain on the cone
strap and permitting extremely sensitive regulation at the
final stage.
The repeated regulation of the quantity of material
fed, also during its treatment and again on its delivery to
the succeeding machine, together with the ample facilities
provided for the variation of quantity fed and delivered,
must appeal strongly to all who possess any knowledge of
the spinning industry, and they will be in a position to
appreciate our claim that this machine is the last ivord in
Automatic Feeders.
Description. — Fig, 1 shows in elevation our new
machine, constructed from entirely new models with several
modifications. It consists of a horizontal bottom feeding
lattice A on which the cotton rests, and is thereby constantly
urged against the spiked vertical lattice B. There is also
shown a slow running feeding lattice M which can be made
any length to suit the requirements of the mill. In con-
junction with this lattice M, we usually employ a swing
door N, placed about midway in the bin or hopper, and it
is so arranged to act on the fast and loose driving pulleys
15
0, to stop and start the feeding according to the amount of
cotton in the, bin. The vertical lattice is now driven by
lOin. diameter blocks to prevent any slipping, change
wheels are suppHed for giving a range of speeds. To
regulate the thickness of material on the vertical lattice B
and to prevent any lumps being carried forward, a spiked
evener roller C revolving in the opposite direction to the
lattice is placed near the top of the machine its action being
to comb off the surplus cotton from the vertical lattice and
throw it back into the hopper. To prevent any cotton
being carried round this roller it is in turn stripped by a
winged beater D. The rollers C and D can easily be
adjusted to the vertical lattice. The vertical lattice is in
turn cleared by means of a winged beater E the material
falling into a reserve box F. This box is provided with
adjustable boards G and H, the object being to regulate the
space for the cotton; these, boards are provided with an
index plate. At the lower end of the reserve box is a fluted
delivery roller J driven from the feed lattice of the machine
it supplies, by this means the regulator of the opener or
scutcher controls the speed of the delivery without altering
the speed of the vertical lattice. Over the reserve box is
placed a winged beater K, the object of this beater is to
regulate the height of the cotton in the box, and to throw
the surplus cotton back on to the vertical lattice to be
returned to the hopper. At the lower end of the latticQ is
placed a perforated zinc grid to allow any dirt to fall away.
The machine is supplied with fast and loose pulleys
L for direct driving, or to be connected up to the drop lever
or side shaft of the succeeding machine for automatically
stopping and starting of the machine.
All the beaters and stripping rollers are driven by an
endless rope from the driving shaft. These beaters and
rollers are supplied with swivel bearings and shrouded ends
to prevent the cotton from winding round the shaft.
Regulation. — To facilitate the regulation of the supply
to the reserve box without speeding up the vertical lattice B,
the spiked evener roller C can be moved within certain
limits so as to vary the distance between the spikes of the
roller and of the lattice. The greater the distance between
them the heavier will be the feed, and vice-versa. This
distance depends also to some extent on the kind of cotton
being worked.
16
17
stopping and knocking off arrangements. — The
machine is suppHed with fast and loose driving pulleys, and
may be driven independently from the main shaft or from
the machine it feeds. When applied to machines making
laps the strap fork is connected up to the drop lever, which
stops the machine on completion of the lap. It is also
driven sometimes from the side shaft of the opener or
scutcher. All the necessary parts and connections are
delivered with the machine.
Automatic filling of hoppers. — This device is for
regulating and controlling the supply of cotton to the hopper
automatically.
At the receiving end of the hopper a swing door N (see
fig. 1) is placed, hanging midw^ay between the back of the
receiver and the vertical lattice B. The door is so balanced
that the slighest variation of the volume of cotton in the bin
acts promptly upon it. The door is connected up to the
fast and loose pulley O of the feeding lattice M if fed in the
same room, or to the pulley driving a revolving spider (fig. 2)
placed at the foot of a trunk if fed from the room above.
Directly a given quantity has been delivered the door is
moved, and by the connections R and S to the strap fork P
the belt is shifted on to the loose pulley and the feed stopped.
When the volume of cotton becomes light the door moves
in the opposite direction after passing a given point, the
connections to the strap fork again begins to operate and
brings the belt on to the fast pulley and the feed is resumed.
When connected up to a bale opener this motion can be so
arranged to stop and start the delivery directly the required
amount has been received in the bin of the hopper.
Application to vertical openers. — In cases where
more than one opener is at work, delivering the cotton in an
open state and not as a lap, a saving of wages may also be
effected by the application of feeders. In such cases the
machines are made in different widths to suit feed tables
from ■24in. upwards, or to feed directly into the opener
trumpet.
Application to openers making laps. — Under
these conditions we strongly recommend a machine having
a swing door, as previously described. This could be worked
in connection with a slow running lattice bringing the cotton
from the mixings and delivering it into the hopper, or from
a bale opener if fed direct.
18
In cases where the mixing room is above the scutching
room it is necessary to introduce a pipe or trunk between
the lattice and the hopper, at the bottom of which is a box
containing a revolving spider. In order to regulate the
supply of cotton from the trunk to the hopper, the swing door
in the bin is
connected to the
strap fork which
controls the driv-
ing of the spider.
If desired, the
latticefeedingthe
trunk could be
dispensed with,
and the cotton
put into the trunk
by hand. By a
modification of Fig 2.
this trunk and spider arrangement two or more openers could
be supplied from one feeding lattice. (See Fig. 2).
Application to scutchers. — In existing installations
where the openers deliver the cotton in an open state, and
the scutchers are fed by hand, the machine is placed before
the scutcher feed table. Should the opener be supplying
two scutchers, a reversible lattice is arranged to receive the
•cotton from the opener and carry it to the hoppers, each end
of the lattice being over a hopper, so that the 'cotton can be
dropped into either hopper, the operative being able to
reverse the lattice at will by a handle conveniently placed,
and keep both hoppers well filled.
Dimensions. — The floor space occupied by the
machine varies according to the width of the machine being
fed. The length in all cases being 7ft. 9in. The gearing
occupies 1ft. 9in. on the driving side and llin. on the off
side, total 2ft. 8in., and to this dimension must be added the
width of the hopper, which is usually that of the table on
which the machine has to feed.
Pulleys. — These are usually 16in. X22in., but can go
up to 24in. dia. Speed. — 120 revs, per min.
Strapping and ropes. — Main driving
wide, length according to the method of drive. From driving
shaft to spiked lattice 15ft. 6in. X 24in. Rope for driving
the various strippers, beaters, &c., 35ft. X |in. dia.
strap 22in.
19
Power. — I.H.P. for machine only, and I.H.P. for every
100ft. of feeding lattice 36in. wide.
Weignts of
Machines
Gross
Net
36|in. wide
39in.
45in.
34^ cwts.
36i ..
38J ,,
27^ cwts.
29| ,,
3U ,,
Feeding Lattices,
3ft. wide
extra.
Production.— From 30,000 to 60,000 lbs. per week
according to the width of feeding lattice.
Hand of Machine.— To determine the hand of the
machine face the delivery end, and note if the driving pulley
must be on the right or left hand side.
■(H' 'ijij ORixljisiQ puLLcrv
Ife'^a - l20RevS.
20
AUTOMATIC FEEDER SPECIFICATION.
Details to be given when ordering feeders.
How many Machines ?
To feed Scutcher. Opener, or Creeper Feed whose make ?
Width of lattice to feed on to ?
Weight of Lap per yard reqtiired ?
Time required to make one Lap ?
Speed of main or Countershaft per minute ?
Diameter of Main or Countershaft ?
To knock off from Side Shaft or Drop Lever ?
Is Drop Lever on right hand or left hand side when
facing Lapping-up end ?
What class of Cotton ? Does it pass through a Bale Opener ?
Will you have our Automatic filling motion.
Do you require a Feeding Lattice ?
What length of Lattice Width of Lattice ?
Do you require a Feeding Trunk Supplied with a Revolving
Spider ?
Diameter of Driving Pulleys (usually 16in. x22in.)
[If our works are closed by reason of strikes, lock-outs, break-
downs, or other unforeseen causes beyond our control, it is hereby
understood that a reasonable delay in the time of delivery be
allowed to us.1
Observations and remarks :
21
Porcupine Opener or
Creeper Feed Table.
The porcupine opener prepares the cotton for the
Crighton "Opener to which it is connected by a mouthpiece
either direct or through piping. The machine is usually
placed in the mixing room m combination with a hopper
feeder, but it may be attached directly to the Crighton
Opener, and the porcupine driven directly from the vertical
beater. If placed in the mixing room it may be driven
either directly from the vertical beater by rope, or from a
separate countershaft. When used in connection with the
combined opener and scutcher the feed is stopped auto-
matically when the lap is completed, or a little before.
The machine consists of a feed lattice usually 36in.
wide, the length depends largely on circumstances. Two
pains of feed pollers, one pair 22in. diameter to collect
the cotton from the lattice, and one pair 2in. diameter for
the beater to strike from. A porcupine beater, grid bars,
with special setting arrangement, and cone feed is also
applied if desired.
The porcupine beater or cylinder is nlin. diameter,
and built up of a number of discs, each carrying six steel
teeth riveted on. The discs are threaded on the shaft in
such a way that the teeth fall in helical lines round the
cylinder formed by the discs, thus increasing the steadiness
in running and entirely doing away with the noise and
diminishing the power required to drive it. The complete
porcupine is then balanced when running at the required
speed, and revolves in long, carefully-made bearings, of the
Mohler self-lubricating type.
The beater bars are carried on circular ribs fixed to
the inside of the framing, and having the same centre as the
beater. By this arrangement the distance between each,
can be regulated at will with the greatest facility to suit any
particular class of cotton that may have to be worked.
The greater impurities are thrown out through the grid
below the porcupine, and the cleaned and opened cotton is
ejected into the outlet pipe.
22
PORCUPINE OPENER WITH IMPROVED LINK PEDAL
MOTION AND REGULATOR ATTACHED.
23
Cone feed combined with our improved link pedal
motion can be supplied to this machine if required.
Safety motions applied to the beater cover to prevent
same being opened when the machine is in motion.
The lattice feed table may be made any required
length. When over 3ft. 6in. long, charged extra.
Dimensions. — The machine is made in three sizes,
namely, with lattice 24in., 30in. and 36in. wide and 3ft. long,
unless otherwise ordered.
24in. lattice 3ft. long = 7ft. long X 4ft. Sin. wide.) .,..,, ,
on- ^r^ %- ciV o- Without
30m. „ „ -7ft. „ X5tt. 2m. „ rp.^^i.^oj.
36in. „ „ =7ft. „ X 5ft. 8m. „ 1 Regulator.
For machines with regulators, 11 ins. must be added to
the width, and ISins. to the lengths given above.
Pulley, speed and power. — If driven from line or
countershaft, the pulley on beater is lOin. dia. X 3in. wide,
at 850 to 950 revs. The power is 1'5 l.H.P.
Strapping, &c. — If the machine is driven by a rope
from the opener, a 20in. pulley for fin. rope is used and is
15ft. long. Driving belt 3in. wide, length according to
position of main shaft. Beater to cross shaft, 8ft. X 2in-. wide.
Cone belt, 8ft. X Uin. wide.
24
Vertical or Crighton
Openers.
Our Crighton or vertical opener has long been
established as an exceedingly valuable machine for the
effective cleaning of most classes of cotton without damage
to the staple or undue loss of serviceable fibre.
The single opener is generally combined with a
hopper feeder placed before it and the cotton is delivered
from the opener in an open fleecy state, by a lattice into
suitable receptacles, or to another hopper feeder coupled up
with a breaker scutcher. In some cases it is combined
with the bale opener for treating lower grades of cotton
before it reaches the mixings.
The double opener is made with two vertical beaters
as shown in the illustration. A trap door inside the machine
is controlled by an external lever to permit of the cotton
being passed through one or both vertical beaters as required.
(See page 31).
The vertical beater is built up on a strong shaft,
and the upper bearing is 1ft. Ikm. long, so as to ensure great
steadiness in running. The beater is composed of seven
discs of varying diameter, each carrying steel arms, riveted
on, and the whole, as seen in the section of the double
machine, presenting the aspect of an inverted cone. They
are carefully balanced when running at their normal speed.
The footsteps. — These are made with special care.
The lower end of the shaft- contains a hardened steel peg,
running on a hardened steel washer, at the bottom of the
footstep. The footstep itself is surrounded with a reservoir
filled with water, in which runs the lower edge of an
inverted dish, carried on the shaft, thus absolutely protecting
the footstep against the entrance of dirt or grit, and keeping
it cool. The water and oil are supplied to the footstep
through pipes having their orifices outside the machine, so
that the height of both the oil and the water may been seen
and maintained at the correct level.
The grids do not lend themselves to a written des-
cription, but the construction may be clearly seen from the
25
26
illustration given. They have been remarkably successful,
and throw out the maximum amount of dirt with the least
possible loss of serviceable fibre or damage to the cotton.
The distance of the grids from the vertical may be regulated
within certain limits by set screws. The openings at the
bottom of the grid are larger than those at the top, to allow
of the seed and heavier dirt getting aw^ay more easily ; and
as the cotton rises the holes are reduced in size, to avoid
OPENER GRID.
27
undue loss of good fibre. The holes are countersunk from
the outside of the grid, so that the dirt, having once passed
the hole, falls easily away and cannot be drawn in again.
We can apply these grids to existing machines on receipt
of accurate dimensions.
Delivery.- — The cotton passes from the beater to the
perforated cage, and is taken from this by a stripping
roller, no troublesome damper being used, and is delivered
open and fieecy, either into baskets or on to a travelling
lattice, for distribution to the mixings or to hoppers placed
before the succeeding scutchers.
Driving. — The machine is usually built with the
countershaft on the machine to drive the vertical beaters
and the fans, but these may both be driven from a separate
countershaft. In this case the underside of the pulley on
the counter driving the beaters should be half an inch higher
than the pulley on the beater for every foot of distance.
We also make, if desired, a special arrangement of
rope driving for the beaters with tightening arrangement,
the object being to do away with the side pull by passing
the rope twice round the beater pulley, so that it pulls in
both directions, and the rope is fin. dia. (See page 31).
Gearing. — All wheels are efficiently guarded, so as to
comply with the requirements of the Factory Inspectors.
All pulleys are accurately balanced.
Dust trunks are sometimes placed between the Porcu-
pine Opener Feed Table and the Crighton when dirty cotton
is being worked. These trunks are built up of a number of
grids, which allows the dirt. Sec, to fall away as the cotton
passes in its loosened state over them on its way to the
Crighton Opener. Special attention has been paid to the
formation of the grids to get the best results, and means are
taken for the easy cleaning of same, and to allow of great
space for the collection of dirt.
The trunks are connected to the two machines by
galvanised pipes.
Speed and Pulleys. — When the countershaft is de-
livered with the machine it carries a fast and loose pulley,
16in. X 5in., which should run at 670 revolutions. The other
pulleys are then supplied by us to drive the fans at 950 for
the single machine and 1,200 for the double machine, and
the beaters at 1,000. If the counter be not delivered with
the machine, the pulleys are : — Vertical beater pulley,
28
29
12in. X5in., or 15in. dia. for fin. rope; Fan shaft pulley,
10in.X3in.; and they should run at the above respective
speeds, and if driven by strap care should be taken that the
countershaft is placed in such a position to come in line
with the pulley on vertical beater shaft, which is 7ft. Soin.
from the floor to the centre of the pulley.
Strapping and popes. — With countershaft on the
machine : — From line shaft to counter 42in. wide, length
according to distance of line shaft. From counter to the
vertical, 16ft. 6in. X 4in. wide. From counter to the fan,
22ft. X 2iin. wide.
If the counter be not on the machine the length of these
straps will be according to the distance of the countershaft,
but in all cases the following are required : — Fan shaft to
the cage driving pulley, 5ft. 6in. X 2in, From beater to
beater in the double machine, 16ft. X 4in.
Rope for driving the porcupine, is fin. dia., and 15ft.
long, if the porcupine is attached to the opener direct;
otherwise, length according to distance which also applies
for the balanced rope drive.
Power required. — Single Crighton Opener, 4 i.H p.
Double Crighton Opener, 8 i.H.P.
Production.— 35,0001bs. to 45,0001bs. in 56 hours.
Tlie floor space.
Single opener, 10ft. 4m. X 5ft. 4in.
Double „ 16ft. 2in.x 5ft. 4in.
We also make a small-size
Opener, the floor space of
which is 9ft. 10in.X4ft., .--.-. -r
lOin. for a single machme. SINGLE VERTICAL OPENER.
WEIGHTS OF OPENERS.
Description of Machine
Gross Weight
Nett Weight
Cubic
Feet
Single Crighton Opener,
with countershaft
Double Crighton Opener,
■with countershaft
Tons Cwts. Qrs.
3 16 0
5 10 0
Tons Cwts. Qrs. ;
3 2 0 300
4 10 0 440
30
31
CRIGHTON OPENER SPECIFICATION.
Details to be given when ordering Openers.
How many machines ?
How fed, by hand ? Creeper Feeder or Automatic Feeder.
If extra length of Lattice required ? (usually 4 feet).
Patent Grids or Dust Boxes ? How many ?
Galvanized Iron Trunks or Exhaust Pipes ? What length ?
When facing the Delivery is the Feed to be opposite, as usual, or
on the right or left hand ?
Speed of Vertical Beater? revolutions per minute (usually 1,000
revolutions per minute).
Diameter of Vertical Beater Pulley ? (usually 12in.)
Will you have a Countershaft on top of Machine ?
Is the Opener to be a Single or Double Machine ?
Speed of Main Shaft ?
Diameter of Drum on same ?
All Hangers, Beams, Pulleys, &c., for driving Creeper Feed in room
adjoining, extra over price of Machine.
When must the above be delivered ?
[If our works are closed by reason of strikes, lock-outs, break-
downs, or other unforeseen causes beyond our control, it is hereby
understood that a reasonable delay in the time of delivery be
allowed to us.]
Shipping instructions ;
Terms of payment :
Observations and remarks :
32
Combined Opener and
Scutcher.
We make the above machines either with a single or
double Crighton opener, combined with a single or
double scutcher with lapping-up end.
The cotton is drawn through the opener by a powerful
fan, and after passing between the cages is dehvered to feed
rollers, which present it to the beater, and it is afterwards
made into a lap.
The beater is usually made with two blades, but
three can be put in if specially asked for. It is reversible,
and runs in long Mohler bearings with special continuous
oiling arrangement.
The beater bars are carried on circular ribs fixed to
the inside of the framing, and having the same centre as the
beater. By this arrangement the distance betw^een each,
can be regulated at will with the greatest facility to suit any
particular class of cotton that may have to be worked.
The cages are of good size and carefully placed, so as
to permit as much dirt as possible to fall out of the cotton
in its passage from the beater to the cage.
The press rollers are four in number, so as to con-
solidate the laps as much as possible, and prevent them
licking when unrolling on the following machine.
A cradle, conveniently placed, is provided for the
reception of the finished laps, and hollow lap rollers are
supplied with the machines.
The stop motion to regulate the length of the lap is
extremely simple, the length can easily be altered by
changing a single wheel.
The fans are of careful construction and efficient
power, and the shafts run in Mohler bearings with con-
tinuous oiling arrangements.
Safety appliances are provided if specially asked for,
to prevent the covers being raised whilst the beater is running.
A countershaft is built on the machine if asked for,
having fast and loose pulleys of 16in. dia., w^hich should run
at 500 revolutions per minute.
33
34
We invariably recommend this machine with counter-
shaft on the machine, as shown in our illustration, but if
not, care should be taken that the underside of the driving
pulley on the countershaft is half an inch higher than the
pulley on the upright beater for every foot of distance.
Gearing. — The driving and gearing are shown in the
accompanying diagrams. All wheels are efficiently guarded
and all the pulleys are accurately balanced.
Strapping and ropes.— Line shaft to counter, 5in.
wide, length according to distance of the line shaft.
Countershaft to vertical beater, length 32ft. 6in.X4in. wide.
Countershaft to horizontal beater, length 1 6ft. 6in. X 4in. wnde.
Horizontal beater to opener fan, length 12ft. 9in. X 3in. wide.
Horizontal beater to scutcher fan, length 8ft. 9in. X 2iin.wide.
Beater to lapping-up pulley, 16ft. X24in. wide.
Rope from the vertical beater shaft to the porcupine
pulley, length 20ft. 6in. for fin. rope.
(if the porcupine is not attached to the opener directly,
length of rope according to distance, and fin. rope required
to drive the feed rollers of the porcupine from the side shaft
of the scutcher).
Power required for the single combination without the
porcupine, 9 I.H.P.
Production.— 25, OOOlbs. to 32,0001bs. m 60 hours.
Floor space. — Combined Single Crighton Opener and
single scutcher, length 20ft Sin. X 6ft. lOin. for 38in. lap, and
7ft. 5in. for 45in. lap. If with double Crighton Opener the
length will be 6ft. 2in. extra.
COMBINED SINGLE OPENER AND SCUTCHER
WITH AUTOMATIC AND CREEPER FEED.
Speeds. — Vertical beater, 1,000 revolutions. Two-
bladed horizontal or scutcher beater, 1,500 revolutions for
38in. and 41in. laps. Three-bladed beater, 1,000 revolutions
for 45in. lap.
35
Pulleys. — Scutcher beater pulley, lOin. dia. X 4in. wide.
Vertical beater pulley, 12in. dia. X 6in. wide or if rope driven,
usually 15in. dia. for fin. dia. rope.
Weights.— A combined single opener and single
scutcher for 38in. lap, and with self-contained countershaft,
weighs 8 tons 6 cwt. gross, and 6 tons 16 cwt. net.
COMBINED CRIGHTON OPENER AND SCUTCHING
MACHINE SPECIFICATION.
Details to be given when ordering Combined Opener and Scutcher.
How many Machines ?
What width of lap are they to make ? inches.
How fed — by hand ? or with Creeper Feed Table 36in. wide,
and Porcupine Beater ? at per Feeder.
If extra length required ? at per foot.
Is Creeper Feed Table attached to Machine or in an adjoining room ?
Patent Grids or Dust Boxes ? at per box. How
many ?
Galvanized iron Trunks or Exhaust Pipes ? at per foot,
What length ?
When facing the Delivery is the Feed to be opposite, as usual, or on
the right or left hand ?
Speed of Vertical Beater ? revolutions per minute (usually 1,000
revolutions per minute).
Diameter of Vertical Beater Pulleys 12 inches.
Will you have a Countershaft on Top of Machine ? at per
Machine.
Is the Opener to be with a Single or Double Vertical Beater ?
How many Scutcher Beaters in each Machine ?
Speed of Scutcher Beaters in each Machine ? revolutions per
minute (usually with two blades about 1,500 revolutions per
minute).
Diameter of Scutcher Beater Pulleys? inches (usually lOin.
diameter) .
When you face the Delivery end of the Machine, must the Scutcher
Beater Pulleys be on the right or left hand side of it ?
Will you have an up or down draft ?
Speed of INIain Shaft ?
Diameter of Drum on same ?
All Hangers, Beams, Pulleys, &c., for driving Creeper Feed in room
adjoining, extra over price of Machine.
When must the above be delivered ?
[If our works are closed by reason of strikes, lock-outs, break-
downs, or other unforeseen causes beyond our control, it is hereby
understood that a reasonable delay in the time of delivery be
allowed to us.]
Shipping instructions :
Terms of payment :
Observations and remarks :
36
Exhaust Openers Combined
with Scutcher.
These machines are employed when a cleaned grade of
cotton is being worked ; yet they are sometimes used in
conjunction with Single Crighton Openers when dirty Indian
cotton is being treated. They are fed through pipes con-
nected up to a Creeper Feed Table, supplied with a Cone
feed pedal motion to ensure a regular supply of cotton. In
treating the dirty cottons the feed pipes are coupled up to
one or two Crighton Openers, and the pipes are then
supplied with dampers or valves so that the cotton may pass
through or miss these latter machines as required in its
passage to the Exhaust Opener. Between the Creeper
Feed and the Exhaust Opener dust trunks are supplied
if desired.
The exhaust consists of two fans, 30in diameter, and
a 24in. diameter cylinder placed on one shaft. The fans
pla:ced on each side of the cylinder draw the cotton through
the pipes and present it to the cylinder, which is composed
of discs carrying strikers of hardened steel. Grid bars are
provided under the cylinder through which the impurities
fall into a box below provided for their reception, which
can be easily removed and emptied at any time. From the
cylinder the cotton is drawn by an underneath fan to a pair
of dust cages supplied with the usual pair of stripping
rollers, and is in turn presented to the two or three-bladed
beater through two pairs of feed rollers. The beater is
18in. diameter and reversible, and runs in long Mohler self-
oiling bearings. The beater bars are so arranged that
they can be regulated at will to suit any class of cotton.
Dust cages with stripping rollers instead of the trouble-
some dampers. Fans extra large in order to prevent
choking of the cotton between the cylinder or 'beater and
the cages, the fan shaft runs in self-lubricating Mohler
bearings.
Four heavy press rollers with clearers to prevent
licking, and the lapping-up apparatus has the lap roller
bored out to take headed lap rods.
38
The measuring and stop motion to regulate the
length of the lap is extremely simple, yet effective, and any
length of lap can be altered by changing one wheel.
Safety locking motion for automatically locking
beater cover and glass door over cages when the machine is
running, and all gearing is efficiently guarded.
Pulleys and speeds. — Exhaust cylinder pulley 12in.
to 15in. dia. X 4in. wide, at 950 to 980 revs. Scutcher
beater pulleys 8in. to llin. dia (usually lOin.) Speed for
two-bladed beater 1,500 revs., and for three-bladed beater
1,000 revs., usual for 45in. wnde machines.
Power — Opener and single scutcher 8 to 9 I.H.P.
Strapping. — Line shaft to countershaft, 5in. wide belt,
length according to position of line shaft. Countershaft to
exhaust and horizontal beaters, 4in. wide, length according
to distance. With self-contained countershaft, the lengths
are 31ft. for the exhaust beater and 16ft. 6in. for horizontal
beater. Exhaust beater to fan, 9ft. Gin. X 22in. wide.
Horizontal beater to fan, 8ft. 9in. X 2Tin. wide. Beater to
lapping-up pulley, 16ft. X24in. wide.
Floor space. — For opener and single scutcher com-
bined, 17ft. lOin. long; width for 38in. lap, 6ft. lOin.and for
45in. lap, 7ft. 5in. wide.
< -
I
lOIio-
lAi'^-'^
1
jL-jfJL.
AT^Q.'
I;^=^E?iPt
PLAN or CXHAUST OPLtSLP J( SCUTCHffi
Weights. — Exhaust opener and Scutcher, 41in. wide,
tons, 5 cwt., 1 qr., gross. 5 tons, 12 cwt., 14 lb., net.
40
41
EXHAUST OPENER and LAP MACHINE
SPECIFICATION.
Details required when ordering Exhaust Openers.
How many Machines? '
Width of lap to be made? inches.
Class of Cotton to be worked ?
How fed — by Creeper Feed Table ? and Hopper Feeder ?
l€ a Crighton Opener employed between Creeper Feed and Exhaust ?
Do you require Dust Boxes ? how- many ? at per box.
Shall we supply Exhaust Trunks or Pipes? at per foot.
Speed of Cylinder ? revolutions per minute.
Diameter of Pulley on Cylinder? (usually 13in.)
Speed of Scutcher Beater 2 blades ? ' revolutions (usually
1,500 revolutions).
Speed of Scutcher Beater, 3 blades ? revolutions (usually
1,000 revolutions).
Diameter of Scutcher Beater Pulley ? inches (usually lOin.
diameter).
Will you have a Countershaft on Machine i* at per
Machine.
Speed of Main Shaft ?
Diameter of Drum on same 1'
All Hangers, T3eams, Pulleys, Sec, for driving Creeper Feed in room
adjoining, extra over price of Machine.
When must the above be delivered ?
[If our works are closed by reason of strikes, lock-outs, break-
downs, or other unforeseen causes beyond our control, it is hereby
understood that a reasonable delay in the time of delivery be
allowed to us]
Shipping instructions :
Terms of payment :
Observations and remarks :
42
1x1 o
o ^
a: CO
<
00
Large Cylinder Openers.
These machines for many years have been recognised
as the correct pattern for good American, Egyptian and Sea
Islands cotton.
They are made with feeding lattice, one cylinder,
one set of cages, and lapping-up apparatus. This is the
most common machine for very fine work.
For American and Egyptian Cottons they are made
with feeding lattice, one cylinder, one beater, two
sets of cages, and lapping-up apparatus.
The cylinder, 41in. dia., is built up of wrought-iron
discs to which are fastened specially-formed teeth or strikers,
mounted on a steel shaft and carefully balanced at working
S'peed. The blades or strikers of the cylinder, strike the
cotton upwards against the rounded surface of the roller
and not against the pedal nose. This is done to secure the
gentle treatment of the staple and to increase the working
surface, so that about three-quarters of the circumference
of the large cylinder is utilised as an effective opening and
cleaning surface, with dust chambers, suitable dampers, &c.
The cover plates are made of cast-iron, and on the
underside are projections or teeth, their object being to arrest
the progress of the cotton so as to assist the cylinder in the
opening of the cotton previous to shaking out the impurities.
Cone feeds and pedal motions are usually supplied
with these machines, m connection with our improved regu-
lator. The cone box is vertical, and contains a pair of
cones of a large diameter, driven by a long endless rope
with a good tightening arrangement, which gives a steady
and noiseless drive. The levers carrying the cone strap-
fork have been lengthened, and the fulcrums placed at the
extremities of the box behind the cones. By this means
the strap-fork at any point of its movement is kept close to
the cone, the strap is acted on much more quickly, and the
• action is much more sensitive than in the old arrangement
where the levers were short and the strap-forks were
necessarily carried some distance from the cones.
Improved link regulator. — In this arrangement we
employ the usual pedal levers, to one end of these are
44
45
attached Jinks ; two of these links are coupled together by
a lever thus forming a series of eight levers. The eight
levers are again coupled together b}' link and lever and re-
duced to four levers, which are in turn reduced in a like
manner to two. These two levers are coupled up to a larger
lever pivoted m the centre; this latter lever is connected to
a long lever supported from the frame side and the floor, it
is provided with an adjustable centre, and one end is coupled
up to the cone box, and the other end carries a weight for
balancing. The link connecting these two levers is made
adjustable for regulating the distance between them. The
whole arrangement is very simple and effective, with
practically no friction, and it can be easily kept clean and
regulated.
Formerly a slight variation in the thickness of the lap
did not affect the cone strap, owing to play or flexion in the
intermediate levers, but by the above arrangement this
defect is avoided. All friction is reduced, and the device has
proved to be extremely sensitive to any variation of the lap.
The beater, ly^in. dia., is usually made with two
blades, but three can be put m if specially asked for. It is
reversible, and runs in long Mohler bearings with special
continuous oiling arrangement.
The beatep bars are carried on circular ribs fixed
to the inside of the framing, and having the same centre as
the beater. By this arrangement, the distance between each
can be regulated at will with the greatest facility to suit any
particular class of cotton that may have to be worked.
Dust cages are of good size, and supplied with
stripping rollers, instead of the troublesome dampers which
are usually placed inside the cages.
The fan is of careful construction and efficient power,
being made extra large in order to prevent choking betw^een
the cylinder and first pair of cages. The shaft runs in
Mohler bearings w^ith continuous oiling arrangement.
Foup heavy press polleps with clearerstoprevent lick-
ing, and the lapping-up appapatus has the lap roller bored
out to take headed lap rods, with lap tray to take full laps.
Adjustable measuring and stop motion. — To
regulate the length of the lap is extremely simple, and the
length of lap can be altered by changing one wheel.
A countershaft is built on the machine if specially
asked for, having fast and loose pulleys of 18in. to 20in. dia.
46
I, uS>^J^ - -i:^^ yi^
J ,.e-9 = QC WOJ
>"1 ]| HiQIM
QN3 dVl
-.->,•
"g-.9 « .ec Hod
aN3 dvn
47
Safety appliances are provided if specially asked
for, to prevent the covers being raised whilst the beater is
running. Guards. — All gearing is efficiently guarded to
meet all the requirements of the Factory Act.
The openep is generally fed by a hopper feeder of
our new type which may be driven from a separate line-
shaft and is quite independent of the regulator on the
opener. The regulator does not require to control the
hopper feeder as in the case of other types of this machine.
Our combination is therefore extremely sensitive and
answers readily and instantaneously to the slightest irregu-
Jlarities in the feed so that we obtain laps of great regu-
larity in weight throughout.
Speeds, &c. — Speed of cylmder, 450 to 500 revolutions
for American cotton, 350 to 450 revolutions for Egyptian,
and 300 to 350 revolutions for Sea Islands. The pulley on
the cylinder shaft is 18in. to 20in. dia. and 5in. wide. Speed
of beater, 1,500 revolutions for American cotton, 1,000
revolutions for Egyptian, and 850 revolutions for Sea Islands.
The pulley on the beater shaft is lOin. dia. X 4in. wide.
Pulleys. — On cylinder ISin. to 20in. dia. for 5in. belt,
and on beater lOin. dia. for 4in. belt.
Straps.— Cylinder to cross shaft, 7ft. 3in. X 2iin.
Cross shaft to lap drum pulley, 15ft. 3in. X 24in. Beater to
opener fan, 13ft. 6in. X 24in. Beater to scutcher fan, 7ft.
9in.X2iin. For cones, 8ft. 4in. X l^in. Rope for driving
the regulator is 45ft. long and fin. dia.
Power. — Single opener with lapping-up apparatus,
5 I.H.P.; combined single opener and scutcher with
lapping-up apparatus, 9 I.H.P.
Production. — 1,800 to 4,5001bs. per 10 hours, accord-
ing to the weight of lap per yard being produced.
Floor space. — Single opener with lapping-up end,
18ft. 7in. X 6ft. lOin. for 38in. lap, and 7ft. 5in. for 45in. lap.
Single opener and scutcher combined, 24ft. lOin. X 6ft. lOin.
for 38in. lap, and 7ft. 5in. for 45in. lap.
If the machine is fed by an automatic feeder the above
lengths can be reduced by 31in., as shown on the plans.
Weights. — A large cylinder opener and scutcher,
with regulator for 38in. laps, weighs 174 cwt. gross and
142 cwt. net.
48
LARGE CYLINDER OPENER.
How many Machines ?
What width of lap are they to make ?
How many Cyhnders per ^vlachine ?
How many 18in. Beaters per Machine i^
How fed — by hand or Automatic Feeder?
Speed of Large Cylinder ?' revolutions per minute.
Speed of ISin. Beater? revolutions per minute.
Size of Driving Pulleys!' (usually 18in. to 20in. diameter).
Speed of Line Shaft ? revolutions per minute.
Drum on Line Shaft
When facing the Delivery must the Driving Pulley be on the right or
left hand ^
Will you have an up or down draft ?
Will you have Lord's Cone Feed Motion attached ? at
per Machine.
Will you have Lord's Cone Feed with Piano attached ? at
per Machine.
Or our Improved Link Regulator '^ at per Machine.
When must the above be delivered ?
[If our works are closed by reason of strikes, lock-outs, break-
downs, or other unforeseen causes beyond our control, it is hereby
understood that a reasonable delay in the time of delivery be
allowed to us.]
Remarks :
49
30
Improved Scutcher.
We have completely remodelled this machine, so as to
-combine the best features of both the Hetherington and
Curtis machines, and we do not hesitate to say thai the result
has been an unqualified success.. The machine, whilst not
detrimentally affecting the strength or elasticity of the fibre,
possesses a very high cleaning power, the laps have perfect
selvedges and are extremely regular, both as regards the
total weight and the weight from yard to yard. Our illus-
trations give a general view of the single beater machine.
The machine may, however, be made with two beaters
if desired.
The feeding lattices for machines fed by Automatic
Feeders are about 3ft. long, but in the case of finishing
scutchers they are made to take four laps up. The cotton
is delivered to the beater, when short cottons are being
worked through a single roller and pedal arrangement, which
allows of a close setting. For the longer grade cottons an
extra pair of feed rollers are employed, the cotton in this
case is struck round the bottom feed roller, thus minimising
any possible damage to the fibre.
Cone feed pedal motions are usually supplied with
these machines in connection with our link regulator
which has been improved in many ways, large cones running
at high speed are employed and driven by rope with special
tightening arrangement. The levers , carrying the cone
strap-fork have been lengthened, and the fulcrums placed
at the extremities of the box behind the cones. By this
means the strap-fork at any point of its movement is kept
close to the cone, the strap is acted on much more quickly,
and the action is much more sensitive than in the old arrange-
ment, where the levers where short and the strap-forks were
necessarily carried some distance from the cones.
Improved link regulator. — In this arrangement we
employ the usual pedal levers, to one end of these are
attached links, two of these links are coupled together by a
lever, thus forming a series of eight levers. These eight
levers are again coupled together by link and lever and
reduced to four levers, which are in turn reduced in a like
51
manner to two. These two levers are coupled up to a larger
lever pivoted in the centre ; this latter lever is connected to
a long lever supported from the frame side and the floor.
This lever is provided with an adjustable centre, and one end
is connected up to the cone box, and the other end carries a
balance weight. The link connecting these latter levers is
made adjustable for regulating the distance between them.
The whole arrangement is very simple and effective with
practically no friction, and it can be easily kept clean and
regulated.
Formerly a slight variation in the thickness of the lap
did not affect the cone strap, owing to play or flexion in the
intermediate levers, but by the above arrangement this
defect is avoided. All friction is reduced, and the device had
proved to be extremely sensitive to any variation of the lap.
The beater 17iin. dia. is usually made w^ith two
blades, but three can be put in if specially asked for. It is
reversible, and runs in long Mohler bearings with special
continuous oiling arrangement.
The beateP bars are carried on circular ribs fixed to
the inside of the framing, and having the same centre as the
beater. By this arrangement the distance between each
bar can be regulated at will, with the greatest facility to suit
any particular class of cotton that may have to be worked.
The cages are of good size and carefully placed, so as
to permit as mucli dirt as possible to fall out of the cotton
in its passage from the beater to the cage. The cage is
stripped by a roller, and a damper with its attendant evils
and collection of dirt is dispensed with.
The fan is of careful construction and efficient power
and the shaft runs in Mohler bearings and continuous oiling
arrangements.
The press rollers are four in number, so as to con-
solidate the laps as much as possible, and prevent them
licking when unrolling on the following machine. A cradle,
conveniently placed, is provided for the reception of the
finished laps, and hollow lap rollers are supplied w^ith the
machines.
Measuring and stop motion to regulate the length
of the lap is extremely simple, and the length of lap can be
altered by changing a single wheel.
Safety appliances are provided when required, to
prevent the covers being raised whilst the beater is running.
52
53
Gearing. — The driving and gearing are shown in the
accompanying diagrams. All wheels are efficiently guarded
so as to comply with the requirements of the Factory Act.
All pulleys are accurately balanced.
A countershaft is built on the machine if specially
asked for, having fast and loose pulleys of 16in. dia., which
should run at 500 revolutions per minute.
Power required to drive the machine is 4 I.H.P. for
the single, and 8 I.H.P. for the double machine.
The production varies from l,8001bs. to 2,9001bs. in
10 hours, according to the class of work, and may be altered
without affecting the draft by changing the pulley on the
end of the beater driving the cross shaft.
Strapping and banding. — Main belt for driving the
counter, 5in. wide, length according to distance of the main
shaft. Belt for driving beater with countershaft on the
machine, 16ft. Gin. X 4in. (If driven from separate counter,
length according to distance). Beater to cross shaft, 7ft.
3in. X 2iin. Beater to fan, 7ft. 9in. X 2jin. Cross shaft to
lap drum driving pulley, 15ft. 3in. X 24in. Beater to beater
in the double machine, 16ft. 4in. X 4in. Second fan belt in
the double machine, Sft. 9in. x 2im. Rope for driving the
cone, fin. dia., and 14ft. 9in. long. The cone strap is
Sft. X Urn.
Pulleys. — Sm. to llin. dia., usually lOin. X 4in. wide.
Height of beater shaft, 36in. from floor.
SPEEDS— American cotton. — Two-bladed beater
for 38in. laps, 1,500 revolutions per minute; three-bladed
beater for 45in. laps, 1,000 revolutions per minute.
Egyptian cotton. — Two-bladed beater from 1,000 to
1,200 revolutions per minute.
Sea Islands cotton. — Two-bladed beater from 850
to 1,000 revolutions per minute.
Floor space. — Single machine 17ft. 3in. long x 6ft.
lOin. wide for 3Sm. laps, and 7ft. 5in. wide for 45in. laps.
Double machine 23ft. 5in. x 6ft. lOin. wide for 38in. laps,
and 7ft. 5in. wide for 45in. laps. These lengths are for
feed table to take four laps up. If to be fed by
automatic feeder, the length could be reduced 3ft. 3in.
Hand of machine, stand facing the lap end, and note
if pulley must be on right or left hand side.
54
55
WEIGHTS OF MACHINES.
Width
SINGLE MACHINE
DOUBLE MACHINE
Gross
Nett
Cubic
Feet
Ne.. 1 ^^
38in.
41in.
45in.
Tons Cwts.
4 18
5 1
5 4
Tons Cwts.
4 1
4 4
4 8
282.
3C0
320
Tons Cwis. Tons Cwts. 1
6 17 5 6 ! 414
7 1 5 10 444
7 6 5 17 466
These weights include the regulator. For machines without regulator,
deduct 15 cwt. gross, 13 cwt. nett, and 52 cubic feet.
*. 1
U •? . .
<D 1 ^
o
o.
•^
BEATER.
m
[
III!!
1
: * [^ ■ 1
7 -0 »♦*
— 6-3 H,
DOUBLE BEATER SCUTCHER.
^
*
^ ¥ — . 1
'-
BB)
■mm
:ii
U 7
■0 — *
1
1
SINGLE BEATER SCUTCHER.
DRAFT.
A draft of four means that one yard of lap of given
weight fed to the machine must be dehvered as four yards
having the same weight. If the wheels and pulleys were
calculated so that the lap drums should take up just four
times the length fed by the feed rollers in a given time, the
laps would be too light, owing to loss by waste and slip in
the cone and other straps, consequently allowance must be
made for this loss and slip. The percentage of loss in
waste may be found by multiplymg the weight loss in the
56
given time by 100, and di\iding by the weight of cotton fed
to the machine in the same time. In calcidating the draft,
it is convenient to consider the feed roller as driving the lap
drums through the cones. The diameters of the latter may
be neglected, being approximately equal when the strap is
in the middle. Allowing 12 per cent, for loss, for example,
r>ay 7 per cent, for waste and 5 per cent, for slip, the feed
roller may be assumed to make I'li revolutions, and the lap
drums then made to take up only foup times the length fed
by the feed roller for one turn. A very exact draft of
four (by weight) will then be obtained. The calculation is
as follows, and will be vmderstood on reference to the
illustration showing the gearing in plan: —
Dia. of the feed roller, 3in. Dia. of lap drums 9in.
Suppose D = the draft ; X = the dia. of the rope pulley
on the cross shaft driving the cones ; Y = the dia. of the
pullev driving the lap end.
\'\2 X 95 X 5 X Y X 14 X 13 X 9
Then : = D
1 X X X 30 X 72 X 54 X 3
Y X 2'49 D X
whence : = D or Y =
X 2'49
So that the required draft being known, it is only
necessary lo multiply it by any convenient assumed diameter
of X, and divide by the constant 2*49 to obtain the suitable
diameter of the pulley Y. The constant is dependent on the
assumed loss, and if this were greater or less than 12 per
cent, the constant would be proportionately greater or less.
The suitable diameters of the pulleys for three different
drafts are given in the following table: —
Draft = 3 Rope pulley = 72in. Strap pulley = 9in.
„ =3i „ „ =7Mn. „ „ =10iin.
,, =4 ,, ,, =7iin. ,, ,, =12in.
In our machine the pulleys on either end of the cross
shaft may be changed to alter the draft. A change in the
rope pulley driving the cones alters both draft and pro-
duction, but a change in the pulley driving the lap drums
only alters the draft. For any given draft the pulleys must
bear a fixed ratio to each other.
57
,irrrgi r^q
58
SCUTCHING MACHINE SPECIFICATION.
Details to be given when ordering Scutchers.
How many machines ?
What width of laps are they to make ? inches.
Will you have them to be fed by Automatic Feeder or by laps ?
If laps, how many ? (usually three).
To suit Carding Engines inches on the wire ?
How many beaters in each machine ?
Will you have self-contained driving ? Revolutions per minute
(usually 500).
Speed of line shaft ?
Distance between line shaft and ceiling ?
Largest size of drum ? inches (usually 36in.)
Speed of Beater? Revolutions per minute (usually with two-
blades 1,500 revolutions per minute).
Diameter of Beater FuUeys? inches (usually lOin. diameter). .
When vou face the delivery end of the machine, must the Beater
Pulleys be on the right or left hand side of it ?
Will you have Cone Feed with Link Motion attached ?
at per machine.
When must the above be delivered ?
[If our works are closed by reason of strikes, lock-outs, break-
downs, or other unforeseen causes beyond our control, it is hereby
understood that a reasonable delay in the time of delivery be
allowed to us.]
Observations and remarks
59
60
Improved Carding Engine.
The accompanying illustrations show two views of our
new patent carding engine constructed from entirely
new Models, and, while retaining all the good points of the
previous cards, several modifications have been introduced
which tend to improve the working and the accurate setting
of the machine. All the parts have cast on them a w^ell-
defined letter or number to facilitate ordering change pieces
or parts broken in transit. Each piece is a duplicate of a
standard piece, so that all parts bearing the same letter or
number are interchangeable, and catalogues are supplied
containing illustrations of each part giving the corresponding
letter or number, together with the names of same, so that
the necessary renewals can be ordered with the assurance
that they will come to order, and when to hand, fit in place.
The frame sides are made much stronger, and the
lap end is extended to carry the lap plate and carrier; this
latter is arranged to carry two laps without coming in con-
tact with each other."
The height of the Card has not been increased notwith-
standing that the space between the chain of flats has been
greatly increased to facilitate setting and cleaning operations.
The feed roller weighting has been modified, and
arranged that after the weights are removed the levers can
be unhooked and easily removed for setting purposes, &c.
Otherwise we still retain the principle of that used by us
for many years.
In our arrangement the feed roller bearings are not
controlled by a fork, but are quite free, and held by a simple
system of levers and weights, so that any thickness passing
under the roller only serves to increase the bite on the point
of the plate, and entirely prevents the evil of snatching.
The takers-in are clothed up to the edge and fitted
with specially arranged shirts to prevent the exit or
collection of fly.
Taker-in pedestal. — This pedestal is capped and made
adjustable by means of a tail pin which enables the pedestal to
control a plate inside the card side which carries the cylinder
and taker-in undercasings together with the mote knives.
61
The mote knives are so designed that they can be-
set independently of each other, and when they are at once
set for any desired result, any future movements are regu-
lated from the taker-in pedestal. When once set, the
undercasings and mote knives require no further adjustment,,
because the movement of the taker-in governs the whole
arrangement.
The division and feed plates have also been modi-
fied to prevent any good fibre being thrown down, and tO'
separate the heavy dirt and seed from the short fly below
the taker-in.
The bend is made of a good deep rigid section, and
constructed with a turned and polished section part. Seat-
ings are milled across the turned surface to receive the
various brackets, which prevents them getting askew or
out of truth.
The flexible bend is supplied with five setting^
points with the simplest possible tail pin adjustment,,
terminating at the flange of the bend. The flexible is under
positive control, and can be set to the finest possible limits.
The flexible bends are milled when in position on the card
as before, thus ensuring absolute concentricity with the
cylinder, which by this new method of setting can be
retained at all stages of wear on the wire. We still retain
the flexible bend on the inside of the fixed bend and next ta
the cylinder, thus retaining the present short flat. The
length of the flat therefore only exceeds the width on the
wire by the length of the bearing surfaces, or about twO'
inches, and is consequently the shortest possible for any
given width on the wire.
mzj_
Present Flat with
Setting arrangement.
Position of the flexible bends. — We place our
flexible bends on the inside of the frame bends, and next to
the cylinder, which is clothed quite up to the edge. Two
important advantages result from this arrangement. Firstly,
62
the cylinder ends are completely closed in and the escape of
fly is prevented, any little that may work out being at
liberty to fall away, as may be seen on examining the
illustration Fig. 1. In some Cards where the short fiat is
sought after, this fly cannot freely get away, and by collect-
ing acts as a brake on the cylinder, thus greatly increasing
the power required to drive the machine. Secondly, the
cylinder end being completely closed in, the lap may be
worked the full width of the wire, so that the resulting
selvedges are perfect, and there is little or no fly at the ends
of the doffing comb. In most Cards there is a certain space
between the cylinder ends and the flexible, usually filled up
by the framing; but by so much must the flat be longer,
and is usually left bare of wire over this space. (Fig 2).
To counteract this disadvantage the cylinder is made
narrower than the lap, and the latter is doubled over at the
edges. We do not, how^ever, think this advisable, as it puts
very heavy cardmg on the wire at the edges where it is least
able to bear it. By making the cylinder the same width as
the lap the selvedges are better, as the thinness of the edges
of the lap is more than compensated for by the natural
tendency to spread in passing through the Card.
Method of trueing the flexibles. — If the flexible
bend had to remain always in the same position, it would
not be difficult to make it perfectly concentric with the
cylinder. Its diameter must, how^ever, be reduced from
time to time, according as the wire is ground away on the
cylinder and flats. We have exhaustively studied this
problem, and claim that our flexible shows no measurable
deflection until the diameter has been reduced far beyond
the limits necessary in practice. The flexibles are fastened
in their places on the Card. While in this position a
machine is bolted on the cylinder carrying a milling cutter
at each end, which passes over the bends from one end to
63
the other, milhng them from the cyhnder, so that they are
absolutely concentric with it. The milling cutters are both
carried on the same shaft, which can be easily set parallel
to the cylinder m the direction of its width, so that the
surfaces of the two bends are both in the same line, and,
perfectly parallel with the surface of the cylinder in the
direction of its width, and no twist remains in the bends ;
consequently the bearing surfaces of the fiats lie on the full
width of the flexibles from end to end. The wearing of
both the bends and the flat ends is thus reduced to a mini-
mum and equalised. A further advantage of this system is
that if rendered necessary through unusual wear or accident,
the operation of trueing up the bends may be repeated at
any subsequent time in the mill, and this without removing
the clothing from the cylinder. The whole operation only
occupies a few hours, and the bends are then as good as new.
The number of flats usually supplied with this
card is 106.
Flat ends. — In order to set the flats to the cylinder
with the greatest accuracy, it is necessary after having ob-
tained a perfectly concentric bend, to have each flat exactly
alike, and this we ensure by the most elaborate care in their
manufacture. It is further necessary that the flat itself be
as short as possible and perfectly rigid, otherwise it deflects
by its own weight. Any deflection of the flat will cause the
wire to touch the cylinder in the middle whilst still some
distance away at the ends. We have already shown that
our flat is the shortest possible. On comparing Figs. 1 and
2, it will be seen that in the one the beading or rib on the
back of the flat is interrupted, and this flat, which is the
type of some still made to-day, is inherently weak. When
we placed our flexibles inside the frames, we were also able
to do away with this break in the back rib of the flat, and to
carry the bead right through to the end without any break
in its continuity, thus rendering the flat extremely rigid, and
practically without deflection. Another fertile cause of de-
flection in the flats, is the pull of the chain w^hen the point
where it is attached to the flat lies inside the flexible. Our
flat ends are so made that this point of attachment lies
directly over the centre of the flexibles ; consequently the
pressure or pull of the chain has no tendency to deflect the
flat in any way. Resummg, therefore, we are of opinion
that our flat is the best that can be made; it is the shortest
64
possible, it is as rigid as possible, and finally, is not affected
by the pressure of the chain.
The grinding motion is the one adopted by us some
years ago, being simple and efftcient and capable of most
accurate work. It has been lowered and is now located
above the back bowl bracket, so as to be more convenient
when putting in the grinding roller.
Fiat grinding apparatus. — The result obtained
from the revolving iiat Card depends on the accuracy w^ith
which the various parts, particularly the flats can be set, not
only when they are new, but also when the inevitable wear
of the ends take place. The object of our grinding appara-
tus is to grind the flats from their working surfaces, and
thus ensure that the height of the w^ire from that surface is
identical in every flat, no matter how the working surface
may wear in each flat. This would be easy enough if the
surface of the wire were parallel with the working surface,
but this is not so, for to ensure the necessary " heel " in the
flat, the one side of the working surface is cut lower than
the other, and is therefore not parallel with the* surface of
65
the wire. In order to grind from the working surface of the
fiat without destroying the " heel," we employ the following
device, being a combination of simplicity and efficiency
when such accurate working is demanded.
The illustrations show the weighted lever A centred
at B on the fixed plate D. When the weight C is
placed in position the finger A^ is raised against the rib of
the fiat to be ground, pressing it into contact with the con-
trolling plate F, which is firmly fixed in position. The flats
ride on the upper surface of the plate D until they come
under the influence of the finger A\ Each half of the
controlling plate F is in a different plane, with a step from
one to the other in the centre, so that when one edge of the
working surface of the flat end is on the one plane, the
second edge is on the other plane (the position when grind-
ing is taking place), and the flat wire is kept in the necessary
horizontal position during the grinding process to preserve
the "heel."
The controlling plate is marked on the edge to show
where the grinding commences, and it will be seen that this
is directly after the first edge of the flat end (moving back-
wards) mounts the step. The process continues until the
second edge of the flat end approaches near to the step, at
which point the whole flat is clear of the grinding roller G.
In speaking of the front and back edge of the wire or
flat end, it should be explained that the former is the one
towards which the wire ' points, and which is first
approached by the cotton.
66
^
__ . ; ^.".ji^OT^-'P*
67
The sprocket for driving the flat chain is placed
eccentrically to the flat bowl. By this means the drive is
not affected by any wear of the flat chain as very few teeth
are in mesh at the same time. The chain itself is tightened
at the back bowl bracket.
The flat stripping brush is now made much larger
in diameter than hitherto, and runs at about one-third of the
former speed. It is so arranged that it is impossible for the
comb to injure the wire, and it can be adjusted to any
required distance from same.
The top bowl bracket is arranged to carry two tie
rods across the card, our object being to make the bends
very rigid.
The cylinder pedestal now is provided with a
channel for taking away all the surplus oil which prevents
it from getting into the inside of the card and thus on to
the wire.
Cylinders and doffers are trued up with an emery
wheel on their own shafts to give a perfectly smooth and
even surface for the clothing to rest on. They are balanced
when running at a speed they run at in the mill, so that the
effect of the centrifugal force is properly counteracted.
The undercasings have also had special attention
with regard to strength and stiffness. They are now made
in halves with very strong sides and stiff cross bars. The
adjustment for these casings is done from the outside by a
very simple device. The back portion is carried from the
taker-in pedestal, so that when the taker-in is set the casing
will follow.
The front stripping plate and doffer covers are
carried by V-shaped brackets and provided with two setting
points, one for the top stripping knife and one for the
bottom stripping knife or filling-up piece between the
cylinder and the doffer. The top knife can be set with
great accuracy, so that the strips are always under proper
control.
The doffer pedestal is now made with a cap, but
still carries the grinding and stripping brackets. Arranged
in this manner the whole combination is moved whenever
any adjustment of the doffer takes place, so obviating the
possibility of any disarrangement and rendering it impossible
for the grinding roller to get out of line with the doffer and
to grind hollow.
68
69
The drop-levep carrying the barrow change wheel
driving the doffer is now carried on a much longer bearing
and is therefore very steady. It is provided with a disen-
gaging handle operated from the front of the machine.
Drive for taker-in and doffer can be arranged for
either belt or rope drive. The rope drive as now applied
also drives the flats in addition to the doffer and taker-in.
The rope is endless and a convenient tightening arrangement
is provided. The pulleys are now of a much larger diameter
than formerly and the ropes are so arranged that there is no
rubbing or chafing at the crossings, and as no shifting device
is now required, the rope for this new drive should last for
years without replacement. For the purpose of disengaging
the worm drive to allow the flats to be turned round by
hand, the flat driving pulley is mounted on an eccentric
bush, and the turning handle is in a position easy of access
and offers no obstruction when in use.
If desired, a patented double speed motion can be
applied to the doffer.
The delivery end is now made much stronger and
better in appearance. The shaft driving the calender rollers
is placed below the name plate or front stretcher, thus
leaving all clear on the top and making it much more con-
venient and safer for the operatives when cleaning or
piecing up.
Top and bottom calender rollers are both 4in.
diameter. This allows for a larger wheel at the end of the
calender shaft, and therefore a finer change can be obtained-
for regulating the delivery of the sliver to the coiler.
The comb box is made wnth the double link and
eccentric motion. All bearings being cast-iron to cast-iron,
the wear is practically nil. The bearings run in an oil bath,
thus allowing a high speed to be maintained without heat,
and ensuring silent running.
The comb stock is of large diameter, wnth six arms
for the 38in. wide machine, and seven for the 45in. wide
machme, carries the comb.
The coiler top is of the usual neat design, but the
can bottom and the pillar have been entirely remodelled.
Guards. — All moving. parts are carefully guarded with
safety motion for the front cylinder cover when ordered.
Clothing. — Unless otherwise ordered, we put the
following counts of wire on our Cards :—
70
Class of Cotton.
Cylinder.
Doffer.
Tops.
Surat. Lowest Class ...
80' s
90's
70's
Better
90's
lOO's
80's
American. Lowest
100 's
llO's
100 's
Better
llO's
120 's
llO's
Egyptian. Ordinary ,,
llO's
120's
llO's
Better Classes ...
120's
ISO's
120's
We attach the clothing to the flats at our works by
special machinery.
To find the length of 2in. fillet to cover a
card cylinder. — Diameter of cylinder X width of cylinder
X 3' 1416 -^- width of fillet x 12in, = feet required.
The length of fillet required to clothe the 24in. doffer
with l^in. fillet, and the 50in. cylinders with 2in. fillet for
various widths of the Cards, is as follows: —
Width on the Wire, i Doffers. | Cylinders.
38in. (965 »Vm)
41in. (1"^ 04)
45in. (1™ 144)
159ft. Om. 248ft.
171ft. 6in. ' 268ft.
188ft. 6in. 294ft.
To these lengths must be added about 6ft.
tail ends may be properly stretched up.
The weight of clothing is as follows : —
so that the
Width on the
Wire.
Tops.
Cylinder and
Doffer.
Total.
Ins.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
38
291
81
104i
41
3U
m
119
45
34^
96
130*
The Pulleys supplied are usually 16in. dia. x 3in.
wide. Other diameters are supplied if required. They
should make 160 to 165 revolutions per minute. The height
from the floor to centre of driving shaft is 31in. and the
dia. IS 2h^n.
Power. — The power required is f LH.P. per card.
Hands of machines. — To determine the hand of the
Card, stand facing the doffer and note if the pulleys must be
on the right or left hand side.
71
Pinions, &C.- — Supplied with each Card are two shaft
pinions and two barrow wheels in addition to those on the
machine.
Strapping. — The length of the main belt is determined
by the position of shaft in relation to the machine, but it is
usually about 40ft. long by Sin. wide.
Banding. — The banding required per Card is 50ft. of
iin. and 12ft. of fin.
Dimensions and Weiglits.
Width on
the Wire.
Width.
1
Length.
Gross.
Nett.
Cubic
Feet.
38in.
41in.
45in.
ft. in.
5 1^
5 44
5 8|
ft. in.
10 0
10 0
10 0
T. C.
3 0
8 3
T. C.
2 5
2 8
2 10
287
296
310
Calculations.
Draft and counts. — The draft that may be required
in a Card is determined by dividing the weight in grains
of a yard of lap by the weight in grains of a yard of
sliver, or by dividing the counts of sliver by the counts of
the lap, and to do this as exactly as possible it is well to
reduce the actual weight or counts of the laps by about 5
per cent, for waste. Thus, if a yard of lap weigh a pound
(7,000 grains) or is O'OOl 19 hank, the weight should only be
taken as 6,650 grains, or the counts as 0'00125, and if a yard
of the resulting sliver had to be 55h grains or 0T5 hank, the
required draft would be 120. The draft is altered by
changing the side shaft bevel, and the figures given below
will be understood on reference to the small plan of the
Card annexed : —
34 .. 96 ^ 32 ^ 180 ^ 4in. Cal. R. ^ draft of
Card.
26
X 24 26,27,28 2i Feed R.
Two factors in the above train vary ; the wheel on the
end of the calender which depends on the kind of cotton
worked, and the diameter of the feed roller, which is
2jin. diameter for all widths of our make of Card.
From the fixed elements constants may be determined
so that the draft or side shaft bevel may be immediately
determined.
72
73
They are given
in the following table : —
Wheel on the
end of Calender.
Feed Roller,
2^m. diameter.
These are our usual
constants, but the
gearing can be al-
ftered to increase or
decrease them if
required.
26
27
1 28
2060
1983
1913
These numbers divided by the draft will give the
side shaft bevel to give that draft, or divided by the
number of teeth in the side shaft bevel will show the
draft it gives.
To find the draft between feed roller and
doffer. — Wheel on side shaft x wheel on feed roller endx
diameter of doffer-^ bevel wheel on end of doffer X change
pinion on end of side shaft X by diameter of feed roller =
draft required.
Production. — It is impossible to give a standard list
of productions, as these vary so very much according to the
quality, weight of sliver per yard, and the class of cotton
being worked. We, however, give a formula below by
which this can be approximately arrived at :—
minutes revs, of doffer diam. of doffer t..,, weight of sliver
per hour. per min. with wire. (grs. per yd.)
36in. X 7,000 grs. per yd. =lbs. per hour.
If the result is multiplied by the actual working hours
per week of the Card, allowing for all stoppages, cleaning,
and grinding, the result will give the weekly production.
74
SPECIFICATION.
Details to be j^iven when ordering Cards.
Diameter of the Cylinder 50in.
Diameter of the Doffer 24in.
Diameter of the Taker-in 9in.
No. of Flats 106, of which 42 are always working.
Speed of the Cylinder from 160 to 165 revolutions per minute.
How many Cards ?
Width of Lap from the Scutchers ?
Diameter of the Driving Pulleys ? Usually 16 inches.
When facing the Doffer how many Cards with Pulleys on the right
.. left?
Are we to supply our Patent Flat Grinding Apparatus?
Are we to supply our Patent Double Speed for the Doffer ?
Are we to supply a Mote Knife below the Taker-in ?
Are we to supply an Undercasing below the Taker-in ?
.A.re we to supply an Undercasing below the Cylinder ? In one or two parts ?
.•\re we to supply a Strap Fork?
Are we to supply the Taker-in covered with saw tooth wire ?
Are we to supply the Clothing?
.A.re we to supply the Flats with the tops attached ? And by what system ?
Counts of the Clothing Cylinder. Doffer. Flats.
What kind of cotton do you intend to work?
DIMENSIONS OF THE CANS.
Total height ? Inside diameter ? Outside diameter at bottom ?
DIMENSIONS OF THE GRINDING ROLLERS.
Diameter of the Roller ? Length ? Diameter of the Shafts i^
Weight of one yard of Lap ?
Weight of six yards of Sliver ?
CHANGE WHEELS.
With each Card Two Side Shaft Bevels, and Two Barrow Wheels are delivered
gratis in addition to the Wheels on the Machine itself.
Are we to deliver any extra Wheels ?
Side Shaft Bevels ? Barrow Wheels?
When must delivery commence ? and when be completed ?
[If our works are closed by reason of strikes, lock-outs, breakdowns, or other
unforeseen causes beyond our control, it is hereby understood that a reasonable delay
in the time of delivery be allowed to us.]
Shipping instructions :
Terms of payment :
Observations and Remarks :
75
76
Derby Doubler.
The object of this machine is to unite into a sheet a
given number of sUvers from the Breaker Card and make
them into a lap for the Finisher Card.
As it is necessary that the laps made on this machine
should be uniform, there is a Stop motion to each sliver
which stops the machine when an end breaks.
These machines are constructed with four callender
rollers, two iron bottom fluted drums and one iron top fluted
drum, by which means the laps are made of much greater
density and consequently of much greater weight than was
possible formerly.
A measuring motion is applied which can easily be
adjusted to make any desired length of lap.
We have patterns with V table patent stop motion to
each sliver or can for- 22 to 140 cans.
Weights and Dimensions of
Derby Do
ubiers.
Cans per
Machine
Width of
Laps
Space
occupied
Weights
Gross 1 Nett
Ft. In. Ft. In.
22
lOin. to 13in.
9 0X60
45 cwt.
40 cwt.
36
17in. to 19in.
12 0X6 6
50 ..
42 ,,
60
23-34-37in.
14 0x7 8
58 ,.
48 ,,
72 to 96
41in. to 47^in.
17 4X8 8
74 ,,
61 ,,
96 to 140
60in. to 66in.
23 1x9 8^
Driving pulleys, 14in. dia., 3in. wide, making 150 to
200 revs, per min. Power, 96 cans 1| i.h.p.
Production from 1,500 to 1,600 lbs. per day.
77
78
Sliver Lap Machine.
This machine when used in conjunction with the Ribbon
Lap Machine is usually provided with three pairs of drawing
rollers, but when this latter machine is not available and the
laps are taken direct from the Sliver Lap Machine to the
Comber four pairs of drawing rollers are recommended.
Callender rollers. — Two pairs of these are provided,
and they are so arranged that the sheet of cotton is well
consolidated and so made into a lap of the greatest possible
density.
The lap spindle is specially constructed to allow of
a quick and easy removal of the finished lap and replace-
ment of a fresh bobbin.
Width of lap. — Machines can be supplied suitable for
laps of 72in., Sfin., 9in. and lOoin. in width, composed of
any number of slivers from 14 to 20, usually 18 for 9in. laps
suitable for lOoin. laps on the Ribbon Lap Machine for the
Nasmith Comber,
Sliver stop motion. — Each sliver is provided with an
automatic stop niotion which brings the machine to a stand-
still before the broken end enters the rollers. It is on the
same principle as that applied to the drawing frame. The
spoons or tumblers F are pivoted on a fixed bar O having
a knife edge ; below^ this is a shaft on which are placed a
SPIDER SHAFT
VIEW OF STOP MOTION.
number of spiders, or wings. This shaft is driven by an
inclined clutch A which, so long as the shaft turns easily, is
kept in gear by a counterpoise B. When the machine is at
79
work the weight of the sliver keeps the upper end of the
tumbler down, but directly the sliver breaks the lower end
of the tumbler or spoon falls, and thus offers a solid resistance
to the spider shaft. This stops the shaft and throws the
clutch A forward, and the counterpoise B rising lifts the slide
bar C out of a notch in which it rests and allows the spiral
spring D to throw the strap on to the loose pulley.
Lap Stop motion. — A full lap stop or measuring
motion is also applied so that the size and weight of the laps
can be regulated at will. The 7iin. laps usually weigh
10 dwts. to the yard, and the 8|in. laps ITS dwts. to the
yard. In preparing laps for the Nasmith Comber these are
from 21 to 24 dwts. per yard, 9in. wide for lO^in. Combers,
and are usually 12in. diameter. The draft in the machine
should not be more than two.
Patent single preventer.— This motion is a very
great help both in drawing the sliver from the cans in such
a manner as not to break or strain it, and also in preventing
the breakage of the
sliver at any point
between the guide and
back pairof rollers. It
also makes the sliver
stop motion more
positive in its action,
so that in the event
of a sliver breaking ^^.'^^^
^u -11 u SHAFT.
there will be no possi-
bility of a " Single "
or thin sliver going forward.
Formerly the laps from this machine were put directly
on to the comber, but we now introduce an intermediate
machine, described later, with a view to making laps in
which the fibres are drawn more parallel and of more even
section, with the object of getting better combing with less
waste.
Pulleys 12in. X 2iin. running usually at 250 revs, per
min. The machine driving pulley, running at 250 revs, per
min., will produce approximately 2,000 yards of lap per hour.
The height from the floor to centre of driving shaft is 2ft.
4in., and the dia. of the shaft is liin. Power. — xA.pprox-
imately one-third horse-power.
Floor space, including cans, 7ft. 6in. X 4ft. 6in.
80
Weight. — Approximate gross weight (9in. lap), 21 cwt.
Nett weight (9in. lap), 18 cwt.
Production. — One machine will supply laps for six
8-headed Heihiiann or six 6-headed Nasmith Combers.
Draft.^The draft in this machine is usually 1*95, and
the w^heels are as follows : —
64 24 26 21 72 12 12in. drum.
, — X — X — X — ^x -X — X = r95.
B.R.W. 33 41 50 21 29 72 liin. B.R.
Any alteration to the draft may be got by altering the 33
front roller wheel.
We supply extra with each machine one top roller and
two change wheels. We strongly recommend the metallic
rollers in this machine.
Hand of machine. — To determine the hand, stand
facing the lap end of the machine, and note if the driving
pulley must be on the right or left hand side.
SPECIFICATION FOR SLIVER LAP
MACHINE.
JOHN HETHERINGTON 8c SONS, LIMITED, MANCHESTER.
Note. — Should these works be closed, wholly or in part, through
strikes, lockouts, breakdowns, or any unforeseen causes, a reasonable
delay to be granted to the makers.
SLIVER LAP MACHINE.
How many Lap Machines ? Width of Lap to be made ?
Diameter of the Rollers ? First Second Third Fourth
Are we to supply Metallic Rollers or ordinary ones ?
Draft 4th to 3rd X x
„ 3rd to 2nd x x
„ 2nd to 1st X X
„ 3rd to 5in. Call x x
Are we to cover the Top Rollers and Cleavers ?
Diameter of the Driving Pulleys ? Speed per minute ?
No. of ends up ? Weight per yard of Sliver ?
One extra ordinary Top Roller and Three Draft wheels are supplied
gratis with each machine.
When must the machine be delivered, and how ?
81
82
Ribbon Lap Machine.
The purpose of this machine is to draw six laps made
by the SHver Lap Machine into one, and a draft of six is
therefore provided for.
The six laps placed in the creel pass through four lines
of drawing rollers, each resulting web then being taken over
a highly polished curved plate which conducts it on to the
front table of the machine, along which it travels at right
angles to its path through the rollers. This implies the whole
six being laid one upon the other before they reach the end
of the table on which are arranged a number of press rollers
to ensure an even contact of the six component layers of the
new lap, which is then thoroughly consolidated by the two
pairs of heavily weighted callender rollers and re-wound on
a bobbin by the lap drums.
Advantages. — The drawing process straightens the
fibres, the draft usually approaching six, and the super-
posing of the six webs gives laps of absolutely even section,
so that all the fibres are firmly held by the comber nipper,
the two causes combining to reduce the comber waste to a
minimum, and increasing the production.
The laps from the Sliver Lap Machine are usually
made T|in. narrower than those to be made by the ribbon
lap machine to allow for the spreading of the cotton in
passing the draw rollers of the latter.
Stop motions are applied to each lap, so that if one
runs off, the machine comes to a standstill before the sliver
enters the rollers.
A full lap stop or measuring motion is also applied,
so that the size of the laps can be regulated at will and all
the laps made alike, both in size and length.
Rollers. — We strongly recommend metallic rollers in
these machines. If ordinary rollers are used the top rollers,
should have loose ends.
The stands are made on the same principle as those
on the drawing frame, that is, each slide can be set separately
and is furnished with an easily renewable brass step.
Clearer covers are now made of sheet steel, and we
can supply either the Stationary or the Ermen's Clearer.
83
84
The curved web conductors are usually made of
sheet steel pressed into shape and nickel plated. We can
supply them in highly polished cast iron or at an extra cost
■cover them with sheet brass.
Our illustrations show the machine in perspective, and
a plan is also appended giving the details of the gearing,
size of pulleys, speeds, cScc.
The theoretical production may be obtained from
the following formula: —
Speed of the pulleys X wei ght of yard of lap in grains
80
The result will be pounds in 10 hours, and should be reduced
by about 10 per cent, to obtain the actual production, the
allowance being for stoppage and taking off the laps.
The weight of the laps varies from ip to 14 dwts.
per yard according to the width and the quality of combing
required for Heilmann Combers, and from 24 to 27 dwts. for
Nasmith Combers. They may be made y^in., 8f in., or lO^in.
wide for Heilmann and lOoin. for Nasmith Combers.
Draft. — The total draft in the machine is: —
56 X 70 X 100X68x20X14x2lxi2in.
30 X change wheel X 25 X 72 X 40 X 21 X 50 X 275in.
301*7 i From the wood
= — *= Draft = -, lap roller to the
change wheel ( 12in. drum.
( 70 100 280
j X = if both
( C. W. 25 change wheel
The draft in the
fluted roller is
back and front rollers are the same diameter.
Weight of a machine of six heads and for lOiin. laps :
Gross (machine alone) 46cwt. 3qrs. (roller weights) 8cwt. 2qrs.
Nett „ „ 31 „ „ „ 8 „ .
Cubic feet with weights, 118.
I
4^
11
H^-^
a
.l4rJE
85
#
ft
Floor space for 6 heads, 14ft. 4in. X 4ft. Sin.
Production. — One machine to six 8-headed Heilmann
Combers ; one machine to six 6-headed Nasmith Combers.
Driving pulley, 16m. diameter X 3in. The height of
the driving shaft centre from the floor is 24iin. and the
diameter of the shaft is liin.
Speed, 250 revolutions per minute, for 5 or 6 combers.
Power required approximately, 1 H.P.
Hand of machine. — To determine the hand of the
machine stand facing the curved plates, and note if the
driving pulley must be on the right or left hand side.
SPECIFICATION FOR RIBBON LAP
MACHINE.
JOHN HETHERINGTON & SONS LIMITED, MANCHESTER.
NoTE^Should these works be closed, wholly or in part, through
strikes, lockouts, breakdowns, or any unforeseen causes, a reasonable
delay to be granted to the makers.
RIBBON LAP MACHINE.
How many Ribbon Lap Machines ? Width of Lap to be made ?
How many Heads per Machine ?
Diameter of the Rollers ? First Second Third I'^ourth
Are we to supply Metallic or ordinary Rollers ?
If the latter, will you have the Top Rollers with Loose Ends P
Are we to cover tJie Top Rollers and Clearers ?
Will you have the Ctirx'ed Plates covered xvith Sheet Brass ?
Diameter of the Pulleys ? Revolutions per minute ?
When facing the table how many machines with Pulleys on the right ?
left?
One extra ordinary Top Roller and Three Draft Wheels are supplied
gratis with each machine.
When must the machines be delivered, and how ?
86
Draw Frame and Lap
Machine Combined.
When the Ribbon Lap Machine is not used the sHvers
from the Card are usually put through one head of drawing,
and afterwards these slivers are made into a lap on the
ordinary Sliver Lap Machine.
The Draw^ Frame and Lap Machine is used in some
districts in place of the Sliver and Ribbon Lap machines for
making the comber laps direct from the Card Sliver.
These machines are usually made 3 or 4 deliveries, with
about 12 cans per delivery. The slivers pass through 4 pairs
of drawing rollers, and are afterwards combined together
and made into a lap of a suitable width and weight for the
comber as in the case of the Ribbon Lap Machine.
FloOP space. — A machine of three deliveries, 21oin.
gauge and 36 cans, with lap machine = 12ft. 2in. X 5ft.
3in. wide.
For four deliveries = 14ft. Oin. X 5ft. 3in. wide.
Driving pulley. — 16in. to 20in. dia. x 3in. wide.
Speed. — 175 revs, per min.
Power for four deliveries, t h.p.
87
Nasmith Comber.
The Heilmann Combing machine was introduced to the
cotton trade by JOHN Hethekington & Sons in 1850,
and it has since that time until recently remained without a
serious rival. All admit the excellence of the work done by
it, but it is also acknowledged that its production is small,
that the piecing and overlap leave something to be desired,
and that it is only effective when treating long cotton. Its
use has therefore been restricted to the finer branches of
cotton spinning.
An intimate knowledge of the Heilmann and of the
Hetherington Lecoeur Combers enabled the designer and
patentee of the Nasmith Comber to retain all the best points
of the Heilmann whilst obviating its two chief defects,
namely, its low production and defective piecing and overlap,
greatly simplifying the mechanical detail at the same time,
and producing a machine applicable to all lengths of cotton
fibre.
The advantages of the Nasmith Comber may be
summarised as follows: —
(a) Without increase of speed, twice the pro-
duction of a Heilmann Comber can be obtained
and the quality maintained, thus economising floor
space, power, wages, and repairs.
(b) It will deal with all lengths of staple from
i inch to 2 inches, without abnormal waste on the
shorter varieties.
(c) It makes a perfect piecing with long over-
lap even on the shortest cotton, and the well-
known cloudy Heilmann draw-box sliver is entirely
obviated.
(d) The quantity of waste is easily controlled
and if desired it will work with very low waste,
even on short staple, for semi-combed yarns.
(e) All its motions, except those of the detach-
ing rollers, are continuous, so that there is only one
cam in the machine, which runs very quietly and
with proportionately reduced wear and tear.
89
(f) Its mechanism and adjustment are much
simpler than those of any other comber; it rarely
requires resetting, and all its parts are easily
accessible.
(g) There is no leather covering required on
the nipper, which, once set, cannot be made to
touch the cylinder.
(h) To change from long to short cotton takes
less than an hour.
In addition to the foregoing advantages, the following
details may be noted : —
Dimensions. — It occupies the same space as a Heil-
mann Comber of the same number of heads and width of
lap, but stands 4 inches lower for convenience of the
tenter.
The headstock is made extra strong and cast in a
solid piece to prevent vibration.
The stands for each head are mounted on a beam of
a very strong section.
The bearings of the cylinder, nipper shafts and de-
taching rollers are split bushes of standard size, easily and
cheaply renewable when necessary.
The nipper pivots are plain studs in cast-iron bushes
renewable at a trifling cost.
The brush and doffer shafts can be lifted straight
out without disturbing any other part of the machine.
The front plate extends backward to the detaching-
rollers, completely covering the callender shaft.
A convenient weight-relieving motion obviates the
lifting of the detaching roller weights by hand.
A selvage guide between the detaching rollers insures
perfect selvages instead of trailing, ragged ones.
The drawing head is made with four rows of rollers
supphed with the ordinary stationary flat clearer or the
" Ermen " if desired.
Stop motions can be applied to each sliver as it
leaves the collecting tin, which stops the machine when the
thickness of the sliver becomes too heavy or too light ; also
a coller stop motion for automatically stopping the
machine when an end fails or is not up to the average
weight required. A full can or measuring motion is
sometimes applied which automatically stops the machine
when any given length of sliver has been delivered.
90
91
Waste arrangements. — We supply, when ordered, a.
waste shaft for receiving the waste and forming same into a
lap in place of allowing it to drop into the ordinary waste bin.
Another method is to have movable bobbins around which the
lap is formed, each bobbin receiving the waste from two heads.
Waste tins. — We can, if desired, supply the circular-
waste tin for the lap-forming arrangement, or the ordinary
waste tin used when the waste is delivered in a loose state^
No. 1
We are also licensees for the Roth Patent Aspirator,
which, working in conjunction with the brush, replaces the
doffers and doffing combs by a perforated tube and damper,
acting on the same principle as the scutcher cage. A small
92
fan placed under the headstock, driven from the driving-
shaft, provides the draft, which is only slight; see illustrations
on pages 113 and 117.
No. 2.
The advantage of this apparatus is that it not only
collects the waste from the brush but also all the fly from other
parts of the comber, and keeps the room clean. So much is
this the case that it is never necessary to stop for cleaning
93
except at the week-end to clean the machinery parts. The
production of the machine is mcreased about 8 per cent bv
^tra-^n^achrr^ ^'"^^' ^^^ ^ ^^^^ ^ ^^^ ^^ ^^ -
mn.t^^^'®""~^^'^ '^"^^ °f st'-^Ple that can be combed is
much more extensive than on the HeHmann machine.
No. 3,
Owmg to the manner of making the piecing, cotton with a
length of staple of i-inch can be combed and a uniform fleece
produced, so well amalgamated that it can be lifted from the
94
detaching roller and laid over the creel without rupture.
Illustrations taken from photographs are shown of three
diflferent staples, as the fleece leaves the front roller of the
draw box, looking more like a drawing frame sliver than a
comber sliver, and this shows the excellent piecing which
characterises this machine and makes the yarn so remarkable
for evenness and strength, notwithstanding the small per-
centage of waste taken out.
The work of the Nasmith Comber may be classed under
three heads : —
1. Fine combing proper, when it does the same
work as the Heilmann. In this case not more than twice
the production of the Heilmann for the same quality should
be attempted, and for Sea Island cotton not more than
75 per cent more.
2. Medium combing where high production and low-
waste may be obtained.
3. Coarse combing to take the place of fine carded
yarns or ordinary carded yarns. In this case special
cylinders and top combs are used and a high production
attained with waste from 5 to 8 per cent. The yarn must
not be compared with real combed yarns, but is better than
any carded yarn, even w^hen, in preparation for this combing,
the card production is pushed to its limit and the card waste
reduced to 2i per cent. For this class of work 1,000 pounds
may be put through both card and comber weekly. This
high production and low^ waste opens again for spinners the
■question of combing for ordinary and medium yarns.
The illustration shows a six-head Nasmith Comber,
and the sectional views with the following description w^ill
make the main details and action of the machine clear to
the reader. Fig. 1 shows a complete section through a head.
Fig. 2 shows the crank, M, on the end of the cylinder shaft,
A, for rocking the nipper shaft, W. The peculiarity of this
motion is the slow advance of the nipper tow^ards the
detaching rollers, allowing maximum time for the detaching
operation and the quick return. The motion of the nipper
is continuous, smooth, and quiet.
Figs. 3 and 4 are sections showing the parts at the close
of the detacliing period and during combing respectively.
Fig. 5 shows the details of the top comb, and Figs. A, B,
and C of Fig. 6 show the position of the parts at various
points of the stroke.
95
96
The combing cylindep has 17 rows of needles,
no fluted segment to wear the brushes, plain ends
without bosses or set screws, and is completely
enclosed.
The nipper, driven by a crank, is silent and self-
contained, with fixed lower jaw that cannot touch
the cylinder. It has no leather covering, closes
gently without hammering, with little tension on
the springs when opening, the weight coming on
gradually as it closes. It swings on 1-inch studs
3 inches long, rocking in cast-iron bushes, and
never requires resetting.
fOr Wv^$^'
'^Ai
Fig. 2.
The nipper shaft, W, Fig. 3, is rocked to and fro by a
crank, Fig. 2, and is connected to the nipper bridge, S, by
the arms, W\ and connecting rods, V (two to each nipper),
with adjusting nuts, V\ so that the nipper jaw^s may be set
parallel to and at the proper distance from the steel detaching
roller, D. Once all the nippers are correctly set, their
distance from the roller, D, may be altered simultaneously
by the screws, a and h, Fig. 2. The nipper bridge, S, is
bolted at each end to an upright, N, secured to a stud, N\
which rocks in a bush carried in the framing. The top
97
98
nipper arms pivot on studs, P\ carried in projections cast
on the bridge, S. At the lower end of the arm a cross bar
carries a bowl, N^, which comes in contact with the adjust-
able incline, J, and opens the nipper as it moves forward.
When the nipper moves back for combing. Fig. 4, this bowl
leaves the incline, J, and the nipper closes under the influence
of springs attached to the lower end of the nipper arms.
There is little pressure on the springs when the nipper is
opening, but a strong pressure when closed during combing.
The\opening and closing thus takes place gently and without
the detrimental hammering blow observable in the Heilmann
and other combers. The nipper is adjustable to the needles
by set screws, T, Fig. 4, and once set is a fixture and cannot
be made to touch the cylinder, as its path if continued in both
directions never intersects the circumference of the cylinder.
Fig. 4.
The feed Pollep. — Each nipper carries its own feed
roller, F, Fig. 4, which is adjustable on the nipper plate, so
that its distance from the jaw of the nipper is easily set to
suit the length of the fibre operated on. The roller receives
its rotation from the movement of the nipper through a
ratchet and pawl. The roller turns inside a stationary bush,
and the ratchet lever rocks on the outside of the bush, so
99
there is no contact between the roller and ratchet except
through the pawl, the whole being enclosed in a casing to
exclude fluff and dust. There are no change wheels, the
amount of feed being altered by the simple displacement
of a stud.
The top comb. — Fig. 5 shows the disposition of the
top comb, C, which is bolted to the slot in the arms, C\
This slot and set screws, C\ permit an adjustment of the
angle of the comb wnthin the required limits. The arms, C\
are pivoted on the nipper frame at C'\ and consequently
participate exactly in the reciprocating motion of the nipper.
During combing the weight of the comb rests on the set
screws, C*, which regulate the depth of penetration of the
comb. When the nipper goes back the bowl C^ comes in
contact wMth the adjustable bar, I, and is gradually raised to
keep the comb clean. Thus the height at which the bar, I,
is adjusted determines the moment or time when the top
comb enters the fleece, and the set screws, C^, the depth of
penetration.
It will be noticed from the foregoing that the opening
and closing of the nipper, the raising and lowering of the top
comb, and the rotation of the feed roller all result naturally
and in the simplest manner from the reciprocating motion
of the nipper driven by a simple crank.
The detaching rollers. — The position and action of
the steel detaching roller, D, Figs. 3, 4, and 5, is identical
with that of the Heilmann machine, except that the rotation
of the roller continues a much greater time during each
stroke in the Nasmith than in the Heilmann. The surface
speed of the roller never exceeds that of the Heilmann roller;
it only takes a longer time to perform its greater arc of
revolution. Again, the surface speed of the Helimann roller
must coincide exactly with that of the fluted cylinder, and
after backing off it nmst acquire this speed in the briefest
possible fraction of a stroke. The leather roller never
coming into contact with the cylinder, no such embarrassing
restriction exists in the Nasmith machine and the rollers
stop and start gently, the cam being designed to start and
stop the sector just as a crank would.
The leather covered detaching roller, D\ Figs.
3, 4, and 5, never comes in contact with the cylinder, but
rests simply on the bottom roller, from 'which it receives its
rotary motion, and in addition to this it receives a bodily
100
movement to and fro, from the position of Fig. 3 to that
of Fig. 4. This is obtained from the lever, L, keyed on its
shaft, and operated by a simple eccentric on the cylinder
shaft (not shown). The connection is made through the rod,
X, with adjusting screws, M M, to the lever, X\ and the
weight hook, X*.
Fig. 5.
Five important advantages result from this dis-
position :
1. The time available for detaching and draw-
ing through the top comb is greatly prolonged.
2. The top roller is as easily set as a drawing
head roller, doing away with any delicate adjust-
ment.
3. No definite and fixed surface speed of the
roller is imposed and a smooth cam takes the place
of the abrupt notch wheel cam.
4. The shock and deflection of the leather
roller dropping on the cylinder under the influence
of weights is done away with, and a 25-pound weight
easily works a 10*-inch lap of 600 or 700 grains per
yard.
5. A long overlap and perfect piecing are
obtained even with |-inch staple.
101
Action of the machine. — Having described the
details of the machine, we may follow it through one cycle
of operations. Fig. 6, A, B, C, shows the main organs in
three positions. The first, Fig. A, shows the needles passing
through the end of the lap, held down by the closed nipper,
which is now in its rearward position (the dead point of the
crank). Before the fine needles have passed the nipper is
already moving forward in the same direction as the cylinder,
thus reducing the effective speed at w^hich the needles are
passing through the cotton and easing the strain on the fibre.
In Fig. B. of Fig. 6 the needles have passed and the nipper
is about the middle of its path toward the detaching rollers.
As the last row of needles passes under the detaching rollers
the latter turn backward, and owing to the top roller leaning
toward the cylinder the end of the combed fleece thus
delivered backward is projected into the space between the
last row of needles and the plain segment, whose front edge
strokes the fleece close against and under the bottom roller,
so as to present a clean surface to the advancing nipper tuft
for piecing. Meantime, the nipper having opened, the lap
end rises automatically and points directly towards the nip
of the rollers. It would rise higher, but is met by the falling
top comb and kept in proper position. The detaching rollers
now begin to turn forward and seize the tips of the fibres
presented by the advancing nipper and pull the lap end into
the top comb. The nipper continues to advance, but with
diminishing speed (approaching the dead point of the crank),
thrusting the end of the lap gradually into the nip of the
rollers, which successively seize fresh fibres and draw them
off" through the top comb. The top roller moves away
before the advancing nipper and top comb, but is eventually
overtaken by them as both the nipper and roller arrive at
the end of their respective paths; this is best seen in Figs. 5
and 6. The rollers continue their rotary movement an
instant longer to commence the separation, which is com-
pleted by the withdrawal of the nipper and top comb, leaving
a short combed end projecting from the rollers, and the
process recommences.
The overlap of the piecing thus obtained is about
two inches as compared with about | inch on a Heilmann
for any staple. Further, the detachment is a comparatively
slow and continuous operation, compared with a practically
instantaneous snatch in the Heilmann, as both leather roller
102
and fluted segment are moving at full speed when they fall
together, whereas the rollers in the Nasmith are only starting
up slowly when they seize the nipper tuft. Again, the
Heilmann roller drops on the nipper tuft about f to 2 inch
from the tip, and, so to speak, in the quick of the lap, where
it draws with difficulty, whereas the Nasmith rollers seize
the lap by the extreme tip, where it draws easily and with-
out undue strain. The Heilmann rollers have to complete
the s*eparation without assistance from the nipper, conse-
quently much of their forward movement is unproductive,
while the forward motion in the Nasmith is almost entirely
used for producing, the separation being completed by the
retirement of the nipper,
103
Weight of laps. — The lOiin. laps may weigh: —
For superfine work from Sea Island, 13 to 18 dwts. per yard.
For medium work from Florida, 18 to 22 dwts. per yard.
Egyptian and American, 22 to 32 dwts. per yard.
For Sea Island and light laps a fine cylinder is recommended,
with 33 top combs, 81 needles to the inch. For Egyptian
and Long American the standard cylinder, with 28 top combs,
66 needles to the inch is used. In all cases the top comb
needles should project xeln. from the comb stock.
Amount of feed. — Four or five teeth of feed may be
taken, the former for the finer work, but six teeth are rarely
practicable. It is better to work with a heavy lap and light
feed than a light lap and heavy feed.
The waste for ordinary work may vary from 12 to 30
per cent., and for semi-combed 5 to 12 per cent., according
to the quahty required. The quantity is under complete and
easy control, and may be altered to any extent in a few
minutes. The chief factor in determining the length and
consequently the amount of waste is the distance between
the nipper and the steel detaching roller when the nipper
is at the forward end of its path. This distance, on all
the nippeps, may be simultaneouslv altered bv screws a and
b, Fig. 2. _
Double combing is cheaply done with this machine
owing to its high production, and the second combing may
take 3 to 8 per cent, of waste.
The production naturally varies as in other combers,
according to the quality of work required, and depends largely
on the nature of the cotton. Good work with fairly carded
Egyptian cotton can be obtained by using a 25 dwt. lap and
5 teeth of feed. At 100 beats per minute, with 15 percent.
of waste, rather over 8001bs. can be got from a six-headed
machine in 50 hours. The general production formulae are
as follows : —
P = The pounds produced per head per hour continuous work.
R = The number of teeth of the lap ratchet taken each stroke.
W = The weight in grains of a yard of lap after deducting the
waste. *
X = The teeth in the change wheel on the lap ratchet.
(Usually 42.)
lOOX Rx XX35X2'75X3T4X60XWXRXXX W
P =
75 X 80 X 47 X 36 X 7000 3918'9
104
R X W
or if X is the usual 42— = P
W
Then if R is 4 teeth
23-3
93"307
f R is 5
W
18*66
THE GEARING AND THE DRAWING HEAD.
Plan on page 109.
To determine the total draft between the lap
and the sliver,
If W = the weight of a yard of lap in grains, after deducting
the loss in waste,
N = the number of laps up or number of heads,
S = the grains in a yard of sliver,
W X N
Then the total draft, T = ■
S
To determine the draft wheel to give any re-
quired total draft,
Let R — the number of teeth of the lap ratchet taken every nip,
C = the number of teeth in the cross shaft wheel,
And D== the number of teeth required in the draft w^heel.
In calculatmg the total draft, consider the lap roller as
driving through to the coiler top, then for No. 4 drawing
heads we have
draft ;
47 X 80 X 75 X C X 88 X 2T^6m._ ^ The total
35 X 42 X K X D X 63 X 2fin.
201 X C
thus = D (The draft wheel).
RT
From this a constant is determined for all values of C
and R. The former is 60, 66 or 77, and the latter 4 or 5.
Teeth of
Feed.
Cross Shaft Wheels.
60
66 77
4
3015
3318
3870
5
2412
2652
3095
The numbers given above divided by the total draft
gives the draft wheel.
105
Example : With six laps up weighing 25 dwts. per
yard and deducting 15 per cent, for waste with 50 grains
per yard in the sliver, the total draft would be
510 X 6
T = -6r2
50
Then, if 66 be on the cross shaft and 5 teeth of feed are
taken each stroke on the feed ratchet, the constant from the
table is 2652, and the draft wheel is
2652
= 43 nearly.
61.2
In smarting a machine put the proper draft wheel on,
calculated as above, then get the draft on the table as' low as
possible by the wheel A. The callender, being fluted, causes
this wheel to vary according to the Aveight of sliver, a lighter
sliver requiring a larger wheel. Then adjust the tension in
the tin between the detaching roller and the callender by
changing the speed wheel B if necessary. At index 8 the
fleece should be just tight without stretching. There should
be as little draft as possible between the detaching roller
and the draw box.
In No. 3 drawing head the cross shaft wheel is always
77, and in altering the draft both the coiler wheel C and the
draft wheel D must be changed. Both must have the same
number of teeth. The constants are : — With 4 teeth of
feed, 3234; 5 teeth of feed, 2585.
They are determined as follows for liin. front roller,
and 42 on the feed ratchet : —
47 X 80 X 75 X 48 X B X 70 X 2in.
-T
3617 X B
thus
R X T
and the draft wheel is half the coiler wheel.
Conclusion. — The life of every machine depends on
systematic attention to the cleaning, oiling, and adjustment
of its parts. All the pivots about the nipper, the steel detach-
ing rollers, the gearing, the cylinder and brush shafts should
be systematically oiled weekly. The pivots of the leather
covered detaching rollers should be wiped daily and oiled a
106
COMBER GEARING PLANS.
3 No. 1 DRAWING HEAD
l4 FRONT HOllER wmE
^ ?-0
Mo. 2 DRAWING HEAD.
• 1 tnjM ROwi.t''
lUUUliiUJ
Full plans of Nos 3 and 4 drawing heads and plans of
Nos 1 and 2 drawing heads are given, but the constants for
the two latter are not so simple as above, owing to the
variable wheel B entering as a factor
107
108
109
very little by the finger dipped in oil. These rollers have not
a higher speed than those of the Heilmann machine, but con-
tinue turning as long again each nip.
Keep the top combs and detaching rollers in
good condition and exactly adjusted and good work
will invariably result.
Pulleys. — lOin. X 3in. dia. are usually supplied with
the machine unless ordered larger. Height of driving shaft
from floor is 25in. and the dia. is liin.
[ 335 Revs. = (86 nips) for Finest Sea Island.
Speeds
Weight.
4 Heads lO^in
350
370
390
Florida Cottons.
Egyptian and Best American.
Coarse Work.
(90 ,, )
(95 ,. )
(100 ,. )
Power. — Six-head machine, | H.P. without aspirator
Dimensions and
Length Width
10ft. llin. 3ft. 6in.
12ft. 7in. 3ft. 6in.
14ft. 3in. 3ft. 6in.
(Approximate Weight)
Gross Net
lap
lO^in.
lOjin.
37 cwts. 28 cwts.
42 cwts. 32^ cwts.
47 cwts. 37 cwts.
(&
1
1
Automatic Roller Truing Machine.
This machine was specially designed for the truing-up
of all kinds of damaged, uneven, or worn leather coverings
on top rollers, and to produce a perfectly level surface
where combing machines are employed this machine is in-
dispensable as it is imperative that the leather covered
detaching rollers should be absolutely true from end to end
otherwise the piecing of the sliver is bad and much waste
is made. This machine produces a perfectly true roller and
prolongs the life of the leather covering.
110
Collecting and Drawing Waste from
Combing Machines.
ROTH'S SYSTEM.
Consists in substituting a perforated drum for the
dofifers, the waste drawn from the revolving brush by suction.
A fan placed underneath the comber carries the waste from
the revolving brush to the perforated drum. The drum
revolves slowly, and the waste is led in the form of a fleece
into boxes or may be deposited on to a conveyor and
delivered into a coiler.
Advantages. — Increased production, because the com-
ber is kept running all the time. The cleaning of the comber
only requires to be done about once a week instead of four
or five times per day without this apparatus. The circular
combs and brushes are always clean and never get filled up.
The waste is of more value as it is not knotty. No dust can
fly about the machine nor in the room.
Ill
112
JOHN HETHERINGTON & SON*S
Patent System of Collecting and Drawing
Comber Waste.
The waste is stripped from the doffers in the ordinary
Avay and is deposited in the form of a fleece on to a travelhng
conveyor, and after being drawn through a series of rollers
is deposited in the form of a sliver into a can through a
coiling arrangement.
The sliver thus produced may be used for mixing one
or more cans with other cotton at the Drawing Frames, or
it may be used as a special preparation.
Advantages. — Saving of wages by using the waste as
it comes direct from this apparatus.
The waste can be used without having to pass a second
time through Openers, Scutchers, and Cards, which process
entails a loss of about 15 per cent.
With this apparatus the fibres are not weakened, and
can be spun up to 16's, or higher, according to the class
of cotton.
No waste boxes nor waste lapping arrangement required,
and therefore greater cleanliness is obtained.
113
^^s*****^^^
^»'
u
H
CO
<
cr
UJ
O
O
o
z
<
Q
Q
z
<
a
z
H
O
u
114
JOHN HETHERINGTON & SON'S
Patent Waste Conveyor in conjunction with
Roth's Aspirator.
The waste delivered by the rotatino^ cyHnder of the
Aspirator is carried by a travelling conveyor to a series of
consolidating and drawing rollers, where it is condensed into
any given weight of sliver and delivered into a can through
a coiling arrangement.
Advantages. — Saving of wages by using the waste
as it comes direct from this apparatus.
The waste can be used without having to pass a second
time through Openers, Scutchers and Cards, ^vhich process
entails a loss of about 15 per cent.
With this apparatus the fibre is not weakened, and can
be spun up to 16's, or higher, according to the class of cotton.
No waste boxes nor waste lapping arrangement required,
and therefore greater cleanliness is obtained.
113
116
Percentage Balance for Comber Waste,
THIS USEFUL APPLIANCE IS THE ESSENCE OF
SIMPLICITY AND ACCURACY.
Any unmeasured length of combed sliver, within the limit
that can be accommodated, is placed on the left-hand side
of the balance, and the waste resulting from it on the right-
hand side ; the pointer will then indicate a figure which will
be the percentage of waste taken out in the combing process.
The ease and rapidity with which the weighing can be
made by simply placing a length of combed sliver on one
side, and its waste on the other, ensures much more frequent
tests and a corresponding increase of regularity in production.
The scale is clearly cut in 1 per cent, divisions and the
result can be easily read to 4 per cent. It is advisable to see
that the case is set on a level base, and the balance should
be carefully regulated by placing a small object or weight on
the left-hand side and then adjusting the two top regulating
screws until the pointer is opposite the first mark on the
index plate. The balance is made of brass with a steel
pointer and arms, and is enclosed in a polished baywood case..
117
118
Improved Drawing Frame,
The accompanying illustrations show two elevations
and gearing of the machine, together with sections and
details of various improvements. The machine has been
completely overhauled, and many improvements dis-
covered during the course of a long practical experience are
embodied m it. All the parts are made interchange-
able, and each part is provided with a letter or numeral so
that in case of breakdown the necessary renewals can be
ordered with the assurance that they will be sent according
to order and fit in place correctly.
The chief advantages of our Improved Drawing
f"rame consist of the following:—
Beams are made extra strong, planed on three sides,
and supported at the ends with strong frame ends.
The stands carrying the callender rollers, the drawing
rollers, and the feed rollers are cast in one piece, and each
119
set is milled at the same time on the same machine, so as
to ensure absolute alignment of all the rollers. The steps
in the stands are loose brasses which can be easily renewed
at any time, and each line of rollers can be set independently
of the others. The bearings for the stop motion shafts and
for the sffaft driving the coiler motions are provided with
removable caps, so that the shafts can be lifted out and do
not require to be drawn out at the end of the frame.
The gearing is all placed at one end, and only one
change wheel is required to be altered in changing the draft.
(See gearing, page 132).
Spring weight hooks are supplied for the dead
weights on the front line of rollers, enabling us to run the
front roller quicker than would otherwise be the case with-
out the roller jumping. The leather covering of the top
rollers lasts longer with this arrangement than with ordinary
dead weighting.
The fluted rollers are made single boss so that the
fleece presents only two selvedges, and fly and waste is thus
avoided.
Top rollers with loose ends are also supplied when
required, and the weight hooks hang on the loose bush at
the end of the roller instead of on the running roller. The
advantage of the loose ends over the loose boss roller is
that the roller itself is solid and the ends run in loose bushes,
each having good surfaces for lubrication, and which can
easily be oiled, thus reducing friction to a minimum.
Metallic rollers. — For certain classes of work these
rollers have advantages, if special care is taken to find the
correct settings for the particular length of staple employed.
The result is increased production and elimination of the
trouble and expense in connection with leather-coyered
top rollers.
Diameters of rollers. — In filling up the specification
forms for drawing frame rollers care must be taken that the
distance between the centres of the first and second rollers
just exceeds the length of the staple of the cotton proposed
to be used, and suitable diameters arranged to give this^
distance. A good rule to follow for the second and third
roller distances is to allow an extra iin., and a iin.
for the third and fourth rollers ; any variation to the above
can easily be arranged for if clearly set down on the
specification forms.
120
The following combination of rollers will give an idea
of the diameters of rollers used when working different
kinds of cotton : —
Cottons
Bottom Rollers
Top Rollers
China and Indian ]
1
i
Ik
Ih dia.
1 dia. uncovered
f or 3I dia. uncovered
(
H
1^
H
li ..
1 ., 1^ „
A.merican -
H
H
H
li ..
1 ,. 1^ ,.
1
n
n
H
li ..
ItolJ -.
li
n
U
If .-
l^orli ..
li
H
li
li .,
IJ .. li ..
Egyptian and
Sea Island ... i
li
1^
li ..
li dia. uncovered
li ..
li
li
li
li .,
li ..
V
U
IS
14
H ..
I5 or If dia. uncovered
Rollers weights. — For ordinary rollers we usually
supply two weights, each of 221bs. for F.R. and 171bs. for
2nd, 3rd, and 4th rollers. For metallic rollers we supply
lOlbs. for 1st, 2nd, and 3rd rollers and 121bs. for the 4th roller.
FRONT TUMBLER
WE^HT PFUCVIMq MOTION
C TOOTH CAM5 F03 PAISINC PUATE.
pj PLATE FOO RAlSlNt; WEli;HT5
TnRouc;H LirriNc; roda
El uirTiNq RODS
V 5LOT TO /VU-OW PLATE D
TO RISE
Section of Drawing Frame.
121
A weight relieving motion is applied to take the
weight off the top rohers when the machine is left standing
for any length of time, so as to prevent the top rollers being
marked or flattened by the flutes of the bottom rollers.
We have recently applied for a patent for a new
weight relieving motion. The object of this new motion
is to lift the weights in as easy and even manner as possible,
and it is so arranged that it does not disturb the correct
position of the weight hooks or wires when the rollers have
to be taken out for cleaning, &c. To prevent this the
ordinary oblong nuts on the wires are discarded and a nut
is employed having a set screw attached at the side ; this
screw is to lock the nut on the screwed wires after the
correct position is found, and thus making it impossible to
accidentally alter the position of the screwed regulating wnres
when changing the rollers or removing them for cleaning, &c.
The weights supplied with this motion are one each of
441bs. on F.R. and 341bs. for 2nd, 3rd, and 4th rollers.
Traverse motion with special flexible brass sliver
guide, adjustable to the thickness of the sliver, prevents
overlapping or too wide separation of the slivers on enter-
ing the rollers.
Clearers. — We supply usually the ordinary stationary
felt-covered clearer, with polished steel cover to each
delivery, hinged to suitable fixings.
Ermen's clearer can also be supplied if required.
This is an endless felted cloth driven at a positive speed
and automatically stripped by a comb.
The stop motion spider shafts, front and back, are
6, which, so long as the
shafts turn easily, is
kept in gear by the
spring E attached to
counterpoise D. When
the shafts are stopped
by the falling of a
tumbler the clutch is
SIDE VIEW OF STOP MOTION. r^unt^b ns'
ing lifts the bar B out of the notch in which it rests, and allows
the spiral spring F to throw the strap on to the loose pulley.
The back stop motion tumbler pivots on the upper
knife edge of the bar O, Fig. 9, which is a fixture. The
driven by the incline clutch
SPIDEB SH/i
FIG. 6 .
122
lower end of the tumbler just passes under the bar, and when
the tumbler falls this offers a solid resistance.
machine is at work the weight of the sliver
keeps the upper end of the tumbler against
the bar O, which can be adjusted in the
direction of its breadth so that the lower end
of the tumbler just clears the revolving
spider, and the slightest displacement of the
tumbler stops the frame.
The front stop motion can be ad-
justed with great nicety, acting when a
sliver is too heavy, as when a piece of
clearer waste comes forward, and also when a sliver is too
light, as when a roller lap occurs.
The Trumpet E, Figs. 7 and 8, pivots on two pointed
projections cast on its underside, and carries a pendant K at
the back hanging free.
When the machine is
working the trumpet
E is drawn down at
the front till the pro-
jection at the end of
the pendant K meets
the underside of the
lever L, which is pre-
vented from rising by
the balance weight P,
which can be adjusted nearer to or further from the pendant
to suit different thicknesses of sliver, but if the trumpet gets
stopped by a piece of clearer waste or too heavy a sliver,
Fig. 8.
123
from whatever cause arising, the resistance of the weight P
is overcome, and the left-hand end of the lever L is thrown
down into the spider N, Fig. 8, stopping the machine. On
the other hand, if the sliver is too light, the trumpet E falls
back under the influence of the pendant K, which then
engages in the right-hand spider N\ also stopping the frame.
Full can stop motion. — This motion is arranged to
stop the machine after any desired length of sliver has been
delivered, or when the can is full, and to prevent the re-
starting of the machine until the full can is exchanged for
an empty one.
Electric stop motion. — ^The primary object of this
patent is to simplify the mechanism when applied to
stopping the machine automatically upon the sliver coming
through too light or too heavy. This it effects by dispensing
124
with the ordinary split wheels usually employed for trans-
mitting motion from the back to the front callender rollers.
We adopt a front callender roller long enough to serve six or
more deliveries, which make up one head ; and the back
roller we make of one diameter throughout. This alteration,
with the other parts affected, is clearly illustrated in the two
views given herewith, Figs. 1 and 2, which show the
Fig. 1
callender rollers, the top plate of cover, and the ordinary
balanced bell-mouthed trumpet, which is pivoted and forms
part of an electric circuit. In connection with the latter is
applied a tumbler, which, when the sliver is coming through
regularly, rests normally clear of a rod that also forms part
of the electric circuit. Should a thin or light part of the
sliver present itself to the trumpet, the front end rises and
causes the tumbler to come into contact with the rod
mentioned, and in so doing completes the electric circuit and
stops the machine. On the other hand, when the sliver is
too thick and heavy, the stop motion is actuated by the aid
of a projection formed on the tumbler, which normally
rests below a balanced pivoted lever. One end of this lever
rests near but normally clear of the rod, and the other end
is provided with an adjustable weight. The parts are so
arranged that when the trumpet is drawn down by the extra
weight of the sliver the tumbler is raised, and the projection
thereon comes under and lifts the weighted end of the
balanced lever, thus bringing its other end into contact with
the rod, which completes the circuit and stops the machine.
Application to existing machines. — We have so
designed the parts which constitute the above electric stop
motion that it can be applied to existing drawing frames at
a comparatively small cost.
Single preventer. — Without this arrangement the
back roller must raise the sliver from the bottom of the
can and drag it across the stop motion tumblers, so that the
Fig. 1
Fig. 2-
rupture of the sliver almost invariably takes place close to
the back roller, and the weight of the broken end resting on
the tumbler retards, if it does not completely prevent the
action of the stop motion, and the other has already passed
into the rollers before the machine is stopped.
To obviate this defect we apply an extra feed roller,
seen in the above sketch, placed over the centre of the cans
and a little above them, thus reducing the danger of stretch-
126
ing delicate slivers. The sliver being thus fed to the back
roller over the stop motion, which lies between the two
rollers, no rupture can take place unless before the feed
roller, consequently the broken end of the sliver never even
reaches the tumbler before the machine is at a standstill (it
is useless lo introduce a roller between the stop motion and
the back roller). A great advantage of our system is that
the attendant has both hands free when piecing, one to put
up the sliver and the other to set on the machine ; the top
roller never requires to be lifted. Owing to the form given
to the bracket I, Fig. 2, which carries the roller, the sliver
then passes naturally and of its own accord under the roller.
Coiling motion. — Some time ago, seeing the desir-
ability of introducing a Drawing Frame standing lower than
the ordinary one, so that it might be more easily within the
reach of the operatives of small stature, we introduced the
arrangement as described below ; but as this modification
may not be generally known to spinners we think the
occasion opportune for drawing attention to same, and shall
be glad at any time to show frames of this particular design
to anyone interested.
The improvement consists of a cast-iron plate fastened
to the frame end and spring piece and resting on the floor.
This plate is arranged to receive the trays which carry the
cans. In order to effect this without cutting the floor away,
we dispense with the shaft and bevel wheels previously
carried below the coder tray. By doing this it allows the
tray to clear the floor and turn freely. The tray is formed
with inclined sides, to get the cans readily in and out of
position without injury. On the outside of each tray is a
ring of teeth into which works a spur wheel on an upright
stud, having above a bevel wheel working into a bevel
wheel on a driving shaft placed over the trays. This shaft
is driven by an upright shaft receiving motion from a shaft
conveniently placed near the beams.
Patent coiling motion. — General y\dvantages :
1. — The height of the frame is greatly reduced.
2. — The floor requires no cutting to receive the frame for
carrying the cans.
3. — A fixed arrangement, supported from the framing, to
prevent the can motion from getting out of the correct
position to the coder motion.
4. — Easy adjustment of can to coiler motion.
127
Dimensions of Drawing Frame.
Deli-
veries
per
head
15in. Gauge
Ft. In.
Metres
16in. Gauge
Ft. In.
Metres
18in. Gauge
Ft, In.
Metres
5
6*
1-
6
9*
2'
8
0*
2-
9
3*
2-
10
6*
3-
11
9*
3-
13
Oi
3-
•689
070
•451
•832
•213
•594
•975
5
8*
7
0^
8
H
9
8*
11
0*
12
4^
13
8i
740
146
553
959
365
772
173
6
7
62
9
0*
10
6^
12
0*
13
6*
15
oi
1-842
2-299
2756
3213
3 670
4-127
4 889
10
3^
12
9i
15
H
17
H
20
H
22
9i
25
H
3130
3 892
4-654
5-416
6-178
6 940
7 702
10 7i
3
232
11 3i
13 3J
4
044
14 3J
15 Hi
4
857
17 3i
18 7i
5
670
20 31
21 Si
6
483
23 3|
23 Hi
7
296
26 31
26 7J
8
109
29 3J
3435
4 349
5263
6177
7091
8 005
8^919
15
0
18
9
22
6
26
3
30
0
33
9
37
6
4-572
5715
6858
8 000
9144
10287
11-430
15
6
19
6
23
6
27
6
31
6
35
6
39
6
4^724
5943
7 162
8-381
9 600
10819
12^038
16
6
21
0
25
6
30
0
34
6
39
0
43
6
5-028
6-399
7770
9 144
10512
11-883
13-259
2
19 81
3
24 8i
4
29 8|
5
34 81
6
,39 8|
1 7
44 8$
1 8
49 8f
6-014
7^538
9 062
10 586
12-110
13 '634
15158
20
41
25
81
31
01
36
4f
41
8S
'47
05
52
41
6-217
7^842
9467
11092
12717
14^342
15967
21
8f
6^
27
81
8^
33
8i
10^
39
8'i
12^
45
8S
13
51
8J
15
57
81
17-
•623
•451
•282
110
940
769
598
The foregoing lengths are for frames all deHvering on
one side of the frame. If the heads are set alternately
(zigzag) lin. must be added for 2 or 3 heads and 2in. for
4 heads. If alternate and Ermen clearers add l|in. for
2 heads and 3iin. for 3 heads instead of lin.
When fast and loose driving pulleys are supplied,
4 inches should be added to the above lengths.
128
Gearing.
No. of Heads
Cams all on one side
Heads Alternate
1
3ft. Olin. (0'"927)
2
5ft. Siin. (l'"508)
5ft. 4iin. (1"'533)
3
7ft. 6in. (2"^287)
7ft. 7in. (2"^3]2)
4
9ft. 8fin. (2™965)
9ft. lOfin. (2'"990)
If, in a frame of 3 heads, with a passage of ISin. is
required, 2ft. must be added to the total length of the frame
to allow for the passage and an extra frame end.
Width, including 3 rows of cans, 4ft. 6in. for 6 ends up.
4 ,, „ 5ft. 2in. „ 8
Power required. —One i.h.p. for every 14 deliveries.
9
IS^^^^^
L2a2aOa9^
Drawing Frame with Beams straight.
' vO.O.O.O,
Drawing Frame with Beams alternate.
Strapping. ---iMain belt, 3in, wide; length according
to circumstances. Small belt, 2in. wide to front roller,
lift, long when crossed ; 10ft. 6in. long if open.
Weights. — Below is given the appro.ximate weight of
a 16in. gauge frame.
Gearing • 1 head ... 6 cwt. 3 heads ... 14| cwt.
only 12 heads ... lOi ,,. 4 „ ... 18* „
Running part of the frame per delivery ... 3 4 ,,
Weights per delivery ... ... ... li ,,
When " Ermen's " clearers are supplied add 171bs. per
delivery to the running part.
When frames are more than 4 dehveries per head add
601bs. per head for the mtermediate spring piece.
129
Pulleys.— 14in. to 22in. dia. X 3in. wide. On the
driving shaft an 18in. pulley drives a 12in. on the F.R.
The height of the driving shaft from the floor is 12in. and the
dia. is loin.
Speeds. — For American Cotton. Driving shaft 235
revs. = 350 revs, of front roller usually Ifin. diameter.
For Egyptian Cotton. Driving shaft about 185
revs. = 275 revs, of front roller usually Ijin. diameter.
For Sea Island Cotton, with li F.R. Driving shaft
140 revs. = 210 revs, of front roller.
Calculations, Fopmulae, Productions, &c.
Draft. — In calculating the draft it is convenient to
consider the back roller as driving the front roller. In our
machine there is a slight draft between the l^in. feed roller
and the back roller, as also between the front roller and the
2in. callender. The drawing rollers may be anything from
liVin. to llin., and standard wheels are adopted as under
for various combinations of rollers.
Wheel A on
Wheel B on
feed roller
back roller
liin. feed working
with IxVin. back roller, 40
... 33
5J >J
l*in.
44
... 39
5> >>
Uin.
39
... 38
5» JJ
Ifin.
36
... 39
5? ?»
liin.
33
... 39
Similarly, the
wheels connecting the front rollers and
the callender are :—
-
Wheel on
Wheel C on Wheel C on
the
the
the
front roller callender
callender
2in. callender working ItVin. front 30
1 /56
o
44
55 55
Uin. „ 30
^. 52
"5
43
liVn. „ 30
g^ 50
40
») 55
Uin. „ 30
|| 47
36
J> 55
Ifin. . „ 30
o 43
u
34
55 55
liin. „ 30
1 v39
^
l32
The following
table of constants
for various corn-
binations of sizes
of front and back
rollers
has I
)een
calculated from the above data and that given in Fig 1.
Constants are given for the draft in the drawing rollers only,
and also for the total draft, and in each case for a 70 and
130
an 80 back roller wheel, one or other of these being put on
according to the relation in the diameter of the front and
back rollers.
Constant Constant
= change wheel, or = draft
draft change wheel
The draft between the back roller and the 2nd and 3rd
respectively is fixed for any particular machine, and any
change made in the pinion only alters the draft between the
front roller and the second roller.
Diam. of Rollers.
Constant for draft
in the
fluted rollers only
Constant for total draft
from the lin. feed roller
to the 2in. callender
Front
Back
Back Roller Wheels
Back Roller Wheels
70 80
70 80
In.
ItV
In.
llV
280
320
306 350
ItV
1*
264
302
284
325
H
li
280
320
304
347 -5
n
li
252
288
276 I 316
li
u
311
356
.326 1 373
u
li
280
320
296 i 338
li
li
254-6
291
268 1 .305
If
li
342
391
357 5 408
If
li
308
352
328
372
11
11
280
320
292-5
334
li
11
373
427
389
445
li
li
336
384
354-5
405
li
11
305
349
318
364
li
li
280
320
292
334
The manner of calculating the draft will be seen from
the following, which will be understood on reference to
Fig* 1, representing a plan of the gearing.
A X 70 or 80 X 100 X C X 2in.
Total draft = :;
B X X25 X 48 X liin.
70 or 80 X 100 X f
Draft in the 4 rollers = —
X X 25 X b
where / is the diameter of the front rollers and b that of the
back roller.
131
132
The following are also useful Formulae:
Draft X hank carding
Hank drawing
Weight of drawing
number of ends up
Weight of carding x No. of ends up
draft
Draft
Hank carding
Change wheel
No. of ends up x hank drawing
hank carding
No. of ends up x hank drawing
draft
Desired weight X change wheel on
present weight
Present hank x change wheel on
Speed of
front roller
desired hank
Revs, of driving shaft X dia. of bottom pulley
dia. of pulley on front roller
Production. — This may be very approximately
determined from the table given below, which is based on the
assumption that the frame is standing 20% of the engine time.
A good tenter will not e.xceed l?^?-;^ of stoppage. The
numbers in the table, if divided by the hank of the sliver,
will give the actual production in lbs. per 10 hours.
Speed
of
Front
Diameter of Front Rollers
1
RoUer
lin.
iTRin.
Uin.
i|in.
l^in.
lAin.
•275
13-7
14-58
15-42
17-13
18-85
20-56
300
14-95
15-88
16-82
18-68
20 55
22-42
.3-25
16-2
17-22
18-22
2025
22-28
24-3
350
17-45
18 -53
19 62
21-8
23-98
26- 17
375
18-7
1986
21-02
23-37
257
28-04
400
19-94
21-18
21-42
24-92
27-41
299
425
21-18
22-51
23-82
26-48
29 12
31-78
450
22-42
23 83
25-24
2804
30-85
33-65
475
23-68
25-16
2663
296
32-56
35-52
500
34-92
26 5
2804
31-16
34 28
37-4
Another method of calculating the production of a
drawing frame is as follows : —
Diam.xRevs. of front roller per min. x 3-1416 x 60min yards per
36in.
head per = Y
hour
Y X grains per vard of finished sliver lbs. per
5 L ^ = head per = W
7000 hour
W X Number of working hours per week = lbs. per head per week.
133
DRAWING FRAME SPECIFICATION.
To M
Please write answers to the questions below, and return the form as soon as
possible, retaining the Duplicate one for your own use. The extras
arc l>ri)it((J hi Italics.
JOHN HETHEHINGTON & SONS LTD.. MANCHESTER.
No IK— Should these works be closed, wholly or in part, through strikes, lock-outs, breakdowns,
or any unforeseen causes, a reasonable delay to be granted to the makers.
How many Frames ? How many Heads to each Frame ? How many
Deliveries in each Head ?
Will vou have the Heads to deliver all on one side of the Beam, or set alternately ?
To stand in what length including Driving Pulleys ? What gauge will you
have— 14. 15. 16. 17, 18, 20 ? (usually 16).
( For Frames to deliver all on one side, 1 Head, 3ft. Oin. ; 2 Heads, 5ft. 3jin.
,, . ,, ., alternately ., 3ft. Oin. ,, 5ft. 4|in.
(^earuu.n ^_ ^_ allononeside, 3 Heads,7ft.6in.:4Heads,9ft. 8|in.
( ,, ,. alternately ,, 7ft. 7in. ,, 9ft. lOjin.
Diameter of Fluted Rollers :— Diameter of Top Rollers ;—
• to .
O*. CO fl
<B <- b S
Fiont in. (usually ij or 1^)* ■s'c
fS' :: [(-uaiivis) ||;
Fourth ., (usually li or Is)
6;255
s^co^d ':■ -^'^
Third
Fourth
all
1 inch.
Are we to cover Top Rollers and Clearers ?
If Top Rollers for Front Lines to be E. Leigh's Patent Loose Boss ? or Loose
Ends at per delivery
In all four lines to have loose ends ? at per delivery
If Ervten's Clearers! at per delivery. Steel Flat Top Clearers?
Will you have Coiling Motion ?
Height of Can ? inches. Inside diameter of Can ? Inches. Outside
diameter of Can at the bottom ? inches.
Indicators! at each.
Top Roller Dead , Front ? lbs. Second? lbs. Third? lbs.
Weight — I Fourth? lbs.
(Usually for Covered Rollers 22lbs.) (171bs.) (171bs.) (17lbs.)
( ,, Metallic ,. lOlbs.) (lOlbs.) (lOlbs.) (lOlbs.)
Total Draught of Fluted Rollers ? Draught from 1st to 2nd ? Draught
from 2nd to 3rd ? Draught from 3rd to 4th ?
Distance from Centre to Centre of Rollers : — Front to Second
smallest distance ? to open to
If Traverse motion to be applied Second to Third to open to
How many Slivers will you double at each delivery ? Third to Fourth
to open to
Diameter of Pulleys on Driving Shaft ? inches (usually 16in.) Speed of
Main Shaft revs. Diam. of Drum inches
Do you require Fast and Loose Driving Pulleys ? Do you require a
passage? between heads of inches.
Diameter of Pulleys for Driving Front Roller ? inches (usually 18in. on
Shaft into 12in. on Front Roller).
What hand of Frame when facing Delivering Roller? on right hand
on left hand
Will you have a Back Stop Motion ? Will you have an Eccentric Weight
Relieving Motion at per delivery.
Will you have our Patent Front StoDping Motion, which Stops ivhen a Sliver
breaks between the Front Fluted Roller and the Callender Roller, and also
tvhen a lump or unusually thick Sliver conies forward ? at per del.
Will you have a Stopping Motion ichen the Cans are full ? at per del.
Will vou have extra Roller placed behind Stop Motion for assisting Cotton out
of Cans (Duydales Patent Single Preventer) at per delivery.
If ivith Patent Metallic Rollers at per delivery.
Indicators to each head or to each finishing head oitly ? at each.
If with self-locking guards ' at If driving shafts to be cased in ? at
Note.— The Spare Pinions, Ac, supplied without charge with each Drawing Frame of three
heads are as follows : Six Draught Pinioiis and Three Top Rollers.
Is a complete set of Change Wheels wanted for each Frame, or how many ?
Change Draught Wheels ivanted : No. of Teeth to
Are any sj)are articles to be sent in addition to the above ?
When must the Frames be delivered, and how ?
REMARKS:—
Date Signed by
134
135
Improved Speed Frames.
Our illustrations show the front and back views of the
frame, also the gearing in diagrams for the various kinds
of frame, together with a section of the Curtis- Rhodes
differential motion, roller stand, etc.
General construction. — The four varieties of this
class of machine in general use, viz.: — Slabbing, Inter-
mediate, Roving and Fine Jack Frames, which we
construct in a variety of dififerent gauges and lengths, have
been recently overhauled and modernized as far as possible,
involving the employment of many new patterns.
All parts have a letter or number cast on them and
those bearing the same letter or number are interchangeable,
whilst the letters or numbers, names and illustrations, will
be found in the '' detaiV books we supply, so ihat re-
newals may be ordered, and obtained exactly similar to the
pieces to be replaced.
The framing is made specially low to facilitate creel-
ing, and extra strong, so that it is possible to run the frames
at the highest speeds with a minimum of driving power.
The spring
pieces are planed
to receive the roller
beam, and they are
provided with ad-
justable feet to
compensate for any
irregularity in the
tioor level.
The beams
are very strong and
planed on the top
The roller
stands are of un-
usual width to give
a long bearing to
the roller necks,
and are all carefully
milled to template,
136
as are also the cap-bars. We make frames if specially
desired with an intermediate stand, thus doubling the number
of bearings for the rollers. When this is done we usually
dispense with the cap-bar, the roller stand itself carrying the
top rollers, so that when the bottom rollers are set, the top
ones are set along with them, but we can also put in the
intermediate stand with the usual arrangement of cap bar.
Diameter of rollers, &c. — Below is given a list of
suitable diameters of roller, &c., for various cottons: —
Cottons 1 Machines
l^ottom Rollers
Top Rolle
■s
Usual Weights
lbs.
1st. 2nd.
3rd.
1st.
2nd.
3rd.
F.R.
M.R.
B.W.
g ^ Slubber
;p o ^ Intermediate
O ^ j Roving
lie
1
\
ItV
1
if
¥i
13
16
18
14
20
22
18 j
24
■t ^ 'Slubber
P rt Intermediate
< Roving
H
U
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
18-20
14
20
22 to 24 1
18
24 1
c rt Slubber
.2 <u T3 1
a^ ^ Intermediate
>^'^;^ Roving ...)
W ^ Fine Jack j
11
11
1*
ij
li
H
1^
li or
H
H
1^
u
1t%
11
14
12
12
12
10
10
12
10
Division or dividing plates are sometimes applied
to slubbing frames ; these are made of steel and placed in
front of the roller beam between the front roller and the
flyer to prevent a broken end lashing.
The wheels of the draft gear are all machine cut.
The other wheels in the gearing are unusually broad and
strong and are machine moulded and cleaned out by
machinery, and this we consider better than cutting the teeth
out of the solid, as the wheels thus cast are quite as true as
cut ones, with the advantage that the hard scale remains on
the working surface of the tooth, thus greatly increasing
its durability.
The cones are of unusual length and diameter, and
run at a high speed, and their shape is quite perfect, being the
result of long experience in spinning very fine counts where
absolutely perfect winding is a sine qua noii. They are
placed as far apart as possible, so that a long strap can be used.
137
Improved motion for raising and lowering the
bottom cone. — The bottom cone is carried in a stout
swinging frame, and to wind the strap back it is Hfted
bodily. This is done by a lever conveniently placed on the
front of the frame, which is provided with a locking motion,
so that when the cone is down it is securely held and the
strap is kept tight. It is also provided with a suitable
regulating screw.
The long rack for moving the cone belt is carried on
two bowls to reduce friction in order that the change will
act more freely and quickly.
Balancing of the top rail. — We claim special
advantages for our method of doing this. Instead of using
the customary chains and weights which throw the rail for-
ward (being necessarily attached to one side of it), causing
the guides to bind in the slides and the spindles to run
heavily, we introduce a lever lying lengthwise of the frame
and pivoted in the spring piece. One end of the lever
supports the rail directly under its centre, and the other end
carries the balance weight. In this way the rail does not
tend to fall forward, and it moves easily in the slides as well
as leaving the spindles very free. There is no friction
between the lever and the rail, but only a rolling contact,
and the two arms of the lever are in constant ratio to one
another throughout the full length of the lift, so that there
is no variation in the w^eight applied. The lifter shaft
does not require to be between the spindles, but is placed
behind them so that the bottom rail can easily be kept
clean.
The top and bottom rails are covered at the front
by polished steel covers curved over at the upper edge with
the double object of protecting the wooden middle covers
and of preventing the bobbins, when laid on the rail before
doffing, from falling off. The back rail covers have the top
edge raised to prevent the bobbins falling off behind, and
the front and back covers of the bottom rail reach to the
floor, so that nothing can get underneath, and the racks are
also well protected. Instead of the usual baywood covers
on the top of the rails, iron ones can be put in if required,
thereby making the whole of the casing fireproof.
Bottom casing plates are arranged to prevent
bobbins, brushes, &c., getting under the bottom rail, and
forming a complete protection for the gearing.
138
The spindle and bobbin shafts are stronger than
usual to prevent torsion in long frames, and run in brass-
bushed bearings well arranged for oiling.
The spindle and bobbin shaft wheels are specially
designed to run with the least possible noise, and are all
machine-moulded. The arrangement for carrying the swing
motion has been modified by the additon of an extra arm
and bracket placed at the frame end, thereby reducing the
vibration considerably.
The driving shaft, which is of steel and increased in
diameter, with cast-iron bushes fastened on it, and these run
in cast-iron bearings, being easily renewed if wear takes
place. The driving shaft has an additional support outside
the pulleys, which also serves as a guard for the strap.
Stop motions. — We apply a positive knocking-off
motion for stopping the frames when the bobbins are full,
and, if required, we supply an improved stop and lock
motion arranged to stop the frame when any desired
number of layers of cotton has been wound on the bobbin,
and to prevent the re-starting of the frame until the cone
strap is wound back.
Measuring motion is applied, which stops the frame
when any desired length of cotton has been delivered by
the front roller.
An electric stop motion is supplied when required,
a very effective means of preventing "Single" or knotted
rovings.
Spindle oiling. — Special attention has been given to
the oiling of the spindle, and the vertical bearings are
slightly dished out at their upper ends so as to retain as
much of the oil as possible.
Spindle footsteps, when required, are made on the
self-lubricating principle, which is a loose step, arranged
with a specially-formed groove making an encased oil
chamber, and insuring perfect lubrication.
Either long or short collars are supplied as may
be preferred, but long collars we strongly recommend, as
the collar supports the spindle to tlie fullest possible extent.
Ordinary long collars are bored throughout their
entire length, so that the inner surface is smooth and does
not collect fly and dirt. When desired we can supply long
collars made from steel tubes.
139
The shortening and reversing motions have been
much improved. In the reversing motion the two rocking
levers are mounted on separate centres instead of on one as
was formerly the case ; longer bosses can thus be provided,
causing steadier working and less wear and tear. Formerly
the whole shaft carrying the reversing bevels was moved to
and fro, but in our new arrangement only the two reversing
bevels are displaced, so that the action is practically
instantaneous owing to the absence of friction. The
mechanism for the displacement of the cone strap has been
the object of a patented improvement, so that a very fine
ratchet wheel can be used in place of those formerly used
which had only a few teeth. A spur gear is introduced
behind the ratchet, which can also be changed if necessary,
and the wheels used are the ordinary draft wheels.
Patent shortening or tapering motion.— The
essential feature of this motion is the shaper plate, which is
secured to the end of the tapering rack. This plate is slightly
concave, and is actuated by the studs on the bracket
r
1 ■ -
..
L^^'i X'
' f
^^^
>
* W^f
-"^ ^
. ^- -"-
,,.JZ^^:-
- ____^— —
. V
VIEW OF TAPERING MOTION AS APPLIED TO AN
EXISTING FRAME.
140
fastened to the rail. The tapering rack, which may be
described as a lever, has its fulcrum at one fixed distance
throughout the building of the bobbins, and the leverage
required to make the change is the same throughout,
whereas in the old style of slotted plate or two-bar the
distance from the centre of the motion to the end of the
rack is shortened as the bobbins increase in diameter, and,
therefore, greater pressure is required to make the change.
By the use of this shaper plate for building the bobbin, we
are enabled to make a much shorter taper, which, being
convex, prevents any running over or under, and we
are able to put considerably more length in the
bobbins, in some cases as much as twenty per cent.,
thus reducing the number of doffings.
ADVANTAGES:—
Increased Production.
Better Winding.
Shorter and Convex Taper of Bobbins.
Can be easily applied to existing Machines
of any make.
Clearers. — We usually supply the stationary flat
clearer or the revolving top clearer, to which is
attached a traverse motion; this latter is mostly used on
roving or line jack frames w^hen fine work is being produced.
Clearer covers. — These are now made from sheet
steel unless specially ordered, and are so arranged that when
the cover is turned up it does not come in contact with the
sliver, and at the same time it gives sufficient space for
piecing up the broken end or pulling same through the eye
of the traverse.
The winding has been the object of very special
study in our frame, and we claim that it is absolutely
perfect. In addition to a large, long, quick-running, and
perfectly-formed cone, the position of the driving shaft in
relation to the rail has been carefully considered, so that
the motion of the rail does not cause an independent motion
of the bobbins, and the Curtis-Rhodes difi'erential
motion is applied to all our frames. An illustration of the
motion is given, and the following explanation will be under-^
stood on reference to it. The central casing C D, which is
carefully balanced when running, is fast to the' shaft, and
carries the bosses of the two compound wheels. The
internal wheel, to which is attached the bobbin wheel, runs
141
loose on the shaft, as does also the cone wheel at the right
hand. The latter carries a 23 pinion inside the box, gearing
with the 35 of the compound 35/20, the 20 gears with
another pinion usually 25 teeth on the same stud as the 14,
which gears with the 92 internal wheel fixed to the bobbin
driver. If now the cone wheel runs at the same speed as
the shaft, the bobbin wheel would make the same number
of turns as the shaft and spindle wheel, but if the cone
wheel runs a little quicker than the shaft it will cause the
bobbin wheel through the intermediate gear also to run a
little quicker, and in the following ratio : Suppose A = the
speed of the shaft, and n = that of the cone wheel, n being
greater than A. The excess of speed of n over A will be
represented by the expression (n — A). Then the number
of turns of the bobbin wheel for A turns of the shaft will be
(n-A)x23X20x 14 . ^, ^ 2 (n— A)
N = A + ^ thus N = A +
35X25X92 25
The great advantage of this motion is that all the parts run
in the same direction as the shaft, and at only slightly
different speed, whilst the inside pinions run very slowly
indeed on their axes, so that the wear and tear and the noise
are greatly reduced. The bobbins derive the greater part
of their speed from the shaft, and only the excess of speed
of the bobbin over the flyer is derived from the cone, and
that through a very slow-running and consequently power-
ful mechanism. Through the employment of this arrange-
ment the work of the cone strap is greatly reduced and the
winding proportionately better.
It goes without saying that the winding can only be
perfect when absolutely true bobbins are used.
"Mopaes" diffepential motion. — This motion is
worked by an internally and externally toothed wheel
mounted upon an eccentric formed on the sleeve to which
the variable motion is imparted. This wheel gears into a
wheel fixed on the sleeve of the wheel for driving the
bobbins. The whole of the combination is cased in, and the
eccentric is formed with a chamber for lubricant.
Disengaging motions are applied to the lifter shafts
of all frames when specially desired.
Creels are made of angle iron, lined with wood and
supplied with pot footsteps and the usual top board to
receive the full bobbins.
142
143
Guards. — In view of the strict regulations \)f the
Employers' Liability Act, we apply guards to all wheels, as
well as to all moving parts, so that everything is now
completely covered in, and when ordered we supply our
improved self-locking doors, casing m all the gearing at
the back of the frame. These doors also prevent the start-
ing of the machine until closed, or the opening of same
while the machine is running.
Brakes to the flywheels are worked from the setting-on
rod, so that directly the strap is brought on to the loose
pulley the brake is applied.
The usual extras are supplied with the frames if
ordered, such as long collars, loose boss top rollers, division
plates, special measuring motion, Paley's or Tatham's
traverse motion, brake, rollers and necks and squares
case-hardened, indicator, bobbin boxes, self weighted
rollers, extra strong spindles, electric- stop motion for
intermediates, etc.
We supply gratis with each machine four ordinary and
two loose boss top rollers, three twist wheels, three draft
wheels, three lifter wheels and three ratchets, including those
on the machine. If desired, we can clothe the clearers and
cover the top rollers with either sheepskin or calf skin.
Hand of machine. — To determine the hand of (he
machine face the spindles, and note if the pulleys must be
on the right or left hand.
Strapping, etc. — The main driving belt is 3in. wide,
and the cone straps 2in. wide and 7ft. 3in. long for lOin. lift,
and 6ft. 7in. for 7in. lift frames. Six feet of iin. rope is
required for the shortening motion drag weight. To keep
the frames running on ordinary work we usually estimate
that it requires 10 tubes per spindle for slubbing frames,
11 for intermediates, and 12*5 for roving frames.
Pulleys. — Slubbing and intermediate, 14in. to 20in.
dia. Roving and fine jack frames, 14in. to 18in. dia. X 3in.
wide. The centre of driving shaft from floor. on lOin. lift.
.Slubbing and intermediate frames is 21in. and for a 7in. lift.
Koving frame 20in.
Speeds. — In the slubbing and intermediate frames the
spindles usually make two turns for one of the driving shaft,
and in the roving and jack frames 2'51 for the ordinary
gauges. Others are indicated in our calculations and the
wheels given on the plans of the gearing for the various
144
machines. Below is given a list of speeds of spindles for
the various machines working different cottons : —
Cotton
Slabbing F.
Intermediate F
Rovinfi F. Fine Jack F. '
American ...
Revs.
600 to G50
Revs.
750 to 800
Revs. Revs.
1050 to 1100 — 1
Egyptian ...
450 to 500
650 to 750
1000 to 1050 1050 to 11501
Sea Island
400 to 450
600 to 650
900 to 1000 1000 to 1100
Horse Power. — The approximate power is 1 h.p. to
50 Slabbing spindles. 60 Intermediate spindles.
70 Roving ,, 75 Fine jack ,,
Nett Weight of Speed Frames.
Slabbing
Int'rm
ediate
Roving
Jack
,bs.
Kilos.
lbs.
Kilos.
lbs. 1 Kilos.
lbs. Kilos.
Gearing
2075
945
2075
1
945
1990
905
I
Rest of the Machine |
in lbs. per spindle '.
without roller and i
balance weights I
711
34-6
5iJ
24-8
40*
J8-4
Balance and roller [
weights per spindle )
27h
12
20
91
1
14 6-4 : ;
To obtain the approximate gross weight add 26 per
cent, to the total net weight.
Lengths. — To find the length of a frame multiply the
space by half the number of spmdles, and add 3ft. Ooin. for
single-driven and 5ft. lin. for double-driven frames. To
find the number of spindles that will stand in a given length
deduct 3ft. Olin. or 5ft. lin. for the gearing from the length,
and divide the remainder by the space, the result multiplied
by 2 will be the number of spindles required.
Example.— To find the length of a single-driven
roving frame of 180 spindles, 20in. gauge :
The table on the following page gives the space for a
roving frame gauge 20in. as 5in.
which is half the number of
37ft. 6in., to which must be
40ft. 6jin. for the total length.
so multiplying 5in. by 90,
spindles, gives 450in. or
added 3ft. OMn., making
145
u
a>
111
CO
146
Similarly, to find the number of 20in. gauge roving
spindles to stand in 40ft. 6iin., deduct 3ft. 0|in. for gearing;
this leaves 37ft. 6in. for the spindles. 37ft. 6in. divided by
5in. (the space for 20in. gauge) gives 90, and this multiplied
by 2 gives 180, which is the number of spindles required.
The following tables give the particulars and sizes of the
different frames for which we have patterns, together wnth
the size of bobbins they wnll produce: —
Frame
Gauge
Space
No. of
Sp*indles
per box
Lifts
Diameter
of the
full bobbin
20|in.
lOitin.
4
lOin., llin. orl2in.
5^in. or 6in.
! S
20in.
lOin.
4
,, ,,
5§in.
i -s
19in.
9iin.
4
lOin. or llin.
5|in.
! 1
18in.
9in.
4
„
5x%in.
(0
17in.
S^in.
4
,>
5^in.
16in.
Sin.
4
5iin.
0
21in.
Tin.
6
8in., 9in. or lOin.
5iin.
1
■5
( lOfin.
6-58in.
6 i ,.
4|in.
( 26-33m.
6-58in.
8 !
4|in.
i 1
' 1
J 19in.
1 25 -33111.
( 18in.
1 24in.
6-33in.
6-33in.
6in.
6in.
6
8
6
8
^
4TVn.
4 Jin.
22in.
5^in.
8
6in., Tin., 8in.
4in.
21in.
5|in.
8
• > ,.
3|in.
. tn
20iin.
5iin.
8
>>
3iin.
e
1
20in.
19m.
5in.
4|in.
8
8
6in., Tin.
3iin.
ISin. 1
4iin.
8
> .
Sr^in.
17§in.
4Min.
8
i> >.
3in.
1
ITf^sin.
4i|in.
8
,.
2|in.
(0
0
24in. 1
4in.
12
5in. or 6in.
2iin.
OS
15^in.
3|in.
8
•.,
2lin.
147
Calculations for SLUBBING, INTERMEDIATE,
and ROVING FRAMES.
General Fortnulce
Revs, of I Revs, of main shaft x dia. of pulley on same
Driving =
g^g^fj. j dia. of pulley on frame.
revs, of driving shaft X wheel on same x 50
Revs, of Spindles
w
heel on spindle shaft X 25
Turns of Spindle ) wheel on driving shaft x 50
for one of
Driving Shaft J wheel on spindle shaft X 25
] F.R. wheel top cone driving spl. wheel
Turns of x wheel ^ shaft W. ^
spl. for 1 1=
Qf PR 1 W. on cone twist W. on spl. spmdle
I drum shaft wheel shaft toe wheel
I revs, of driving shaft X twist wheel X wheel on top
Revs, of _ cone shaft end
F.R. I ~
j top cone wheel x wheel on front roller.
Inches Delivered by Front Roller for One Turn of Driving Shaft
twist wheel x wheel on cone shaft end X 3'1416 X dia. of F.R.
Turns per Inch
top cone wheel x wheel on F.R.
revs, per spindle per min.
inches delivered per min.
Twist Wheel | square root of present counts x wheel on
and
Lifter Wheel ) square root of required counts
present counts x wheel on
Draft Wheel
required counts
Ratchet Wheel | square root of required counts x wheel on
and \ = ;
Rack Wheel ] square root of present counts
8| X length wrapped in yards
Counts or Hank Roving ==
weight of above length in grains
8i
Weight per Yard of Roving in Grains =
Revs, of F.R. -=
Hanks per Hour
hank roving
Revs, of spindles
turns per inch
revs, of spls. per min. x 60 min. jggg 12-% for
turns per in. x 840 yds. x 36in. stoppages
148
§
CO
CO
§
CD
8
L^
o
X
CN
CD
-^1
CD
X
;^
eo
CO
o
CO
X
CM
CM
CM
CO
CN
CN
CM
CN
§
tH
cj:j
o
1 8
g
X
CM
1—1
X
CM
O
X
X
X
CO
S
8
X
CO
■^-<
j s
s
CM
^
CM
00
CM
CN
CN
1— 1
CM
§
O
o
X
00
§
X
§
rH
X
X
CD
X
CD
t-
o
X
8
CM
CO
CD
th
8
g
CD
CM
CM
00
CM
CM
CM
1—1
CM
g
CTi
C5
X
t-
O
to
g
00
^
§
-M
X
fM
t^
t^
8
CD
CN
CD
a.
T^
g
CO
CM
CM
CM
CM
1—1
CM
S
a
1—1
CTJ
iH
X
t-
CD
rH
s
s
g
X
CM
8
CO
X
8
CD
X
8
o
CM
o
1—1
T^
T^
(M
CO
CM
1-1
CM
§
tH
O
X
CD
CO
iH
CO
II
o
o
C<]
X
1— 1
S
X
X
CD
CO
CO
X
CD
S
^
^
■r^
s
CM
CO
CM
"M
o
CM
CTi
1—1
X
X
1— t
1—1
O
CD
T— 1
O
0)
UJ
o
g
S
8
8
X
g
o
§
S
CO
CM
o
Q
T-i
CO
(M
CM
O
CM
a
X
X
1— 1
1—1
CD
»c
UO
^
z
CO
cx)
X
X
§
I— 1
o
CM
X
o
§
8
CL
CO
CM
CN
^
o
X
t-
t-
CD
lO
lO
-*
CO
CO
Li.
O
CO
8
g
g
CD
X
o
o
CM
CO
§
^
00
CM
CM
CN
oq
(31
1—1
X
1—1
t-
CD
1— (
rH
1—1
tH
CO
CO
Q
o
§
'X
X
CD
O
^
^
8
s
U
LU
a.
CO
CN
^
X
1—1
t~
CD
1—1
^
1—1
1—1
^
CO
CN
1—1
CN
i
X
o
CD
o
S
CM
o
X
CO
(M
o
CN
CD
(J)
Ci
I— 1
X
t^
CD
o
T^
iO
-■il
CO
r-!
CO
CM
1—1
CN
1— t
rH
rH
g
s
2
g
.X
X
CD
iH
CO
C^
-*
o
8
§
CO
L-
CD
UO
1— I
^
^
CO
CN
CN
T-l
tH
tH
rH
rH
1
i
^
CO
(M
CD
C5
X
CM
CM
CO
CD
X
o
g
(M
8
X
1—1
CD
T— 1
rH
^
CO
CO
CN
1— 1
CM
1—1
T-i
rH
o
o
o
s
<M
1— 1
X
I— 1
CO
CO
Ci
X
CN
CO
§^
CM
CO
CN
§
to
1—1
»o
-*
CO
1—1
CM
1—1
CM
1—!
1—1
1—1
1—1
1—!
o
rH
o
o
<Ji
GO
8
CO
(M
8?
CO
g
CO
CO
CM
CD
rH
CN
X
^
XJH
CO
1— t
CM
1— 1
1—1
o
o
o
o
O
X
s
g
X
00
o
-*
CM
^
CO
o
1—1
o
8
CO
CM
tH
Ol
^]
o
o
a
a
a
X
X
X
149
Square Roots.
i
No.
1
V
No.
V
No.
V
No.
V
•4
•632
2^4
1^54
4-8
2 19
9-75
3-12
1 -45
•671
25
1-58
49
2 -21
10
316
•5
•707
2-6
161
5
2 23
1025
3-2
•55
•742
27
164
5^1
2^26
10-5
3-24
•6
-.774
275
1-658
5-2
2-28
1075
3-28
•65
•806
2-8
107
5-25
2-29
11
3^317
"7
•836
2^9
1^70
53
2-30
11^25
335
•75
•866
3
173
54
2-322
115
339
•8
•894
3-1
1-76
5-5
2 -345
11-75
343
■85
•922
32
1-79
56
2^367
12
346
•9
•949
3-25
1'802
5-7
2-388
12-5
353
•95
•975
33
1^816
5-75
2 399
13
3-60
1-0
1
3^4
1^84
5-8
2401
13 5
3-675
I'l
1048
35
1-87
59
2^43
14
374
12
1095
3-6
1^897
6
245
14-5
381
1-25
1118
37
1-92
6-25
25
15
387
13
1-14
3-75
1-936
6-5
255
15-5
393
1^4
1184
3-8
1^949
6-75
2 -599
16
4
1'5
1225
39
1^975
7
2^647
16-5
4 06
1^6
1265
4
2
7-25
2 692
17
412
17
1-304
4-1
2^025
7-5
2 -738
175
4-18
175
1323
4^2
2-05
7-75
2^784
]8
424
1-8
1342
4-25
206
8
2-828
185
4-3
1-9
1-378
4-3
2-072
8^25
2-872
19
4-36
2
1^415
4^4
2-098
85
2-915
19-5
441
2-1
1^449
4-5
212
8^75
2 957
20
4-47
2-2
1^483
4-6
2-145
9
3
2-25
1^5
4-7
2-168
9^25
3-04
2^3
1-517
475
2-18
95
3-08
150
Production.— To cover all the conditions voluminous
tables would be required, and we, therefore, think it better
to provide a simple formula whereby each may calculate a
very approximate production for himself.
The pounds passed through the front roller of a frame
in 10 hours' uninterrupted running will be, say, P where
S 1
p = X
504 C HvH
where S = the speed of the spindles per minute.
C = the number by which the v/ counts is multiplied to
give the twists per inch, varying according to the
class of cotton.
H =the counts of the roving.
S
The value of the expression - is given in the table
for all likely values for S and C. Consequently the value
of P may be at once obtained by dividing the proper
number in the table by the counts multiplied by its square
root. (A table of square roots is appended).
The actual pounds produced per spindle in 10 hours
will then be very approximately : —
938 P
■ :,^ , — r-^;, for slubbing frames, with bobbins lOin. X 5|in.
938 plus 16 r
825 P for intermediate frames, with bobbins
825 plus 16 P lOin. X 4jin.
394 P
394 plus 14 P
300 P
300 plus 14 P
225 P
for roving frames, with bobbins 7in. X 3iin.
for jack frames, with bobbins 7in. X 2fin.
for jack frames, with bobbins 6in. X 22in.
225 plus 14 P
Example. — Required the actual production of a roving
frame spinning 4-hank roving. Speed of spindles 1000.
Turns per inch 1*2 v^ counts. In the table opposite 1*2
and under 1000 is found the number 16"55, and dividing
this by 4 v^4 = 8 the result is 2"07 nearly, then
394 X 2'07 815*58
; = 1 92 lbs. per spindle.
394+(l4 X 2"07) 422'98
151
152
Another method of obtaining the production is as follows : —
Revs, of spls. per min. X 60min. ^^^^ -^oo' ^^^
Hanks per hour = ■ , ^7'/"
Turns per in. x 840 yds. X 36in. stoppages.
/ = dia, of front roller, .v = the change wheel.
Draft wheel constants. — In all our frames the
usual arrangement of draft gearing is shown in the plans
of the gearing, namely 24 on the ff-ont roller driving 90 on
the change wheel stud, and 56 on the back roller.
If/ = the dia. of F.R., b = dia. of B.R., and x = the change wheel,
56 X 90 x/ 210 X f
then draft = or '— and since
X X 2"^ X b X X b
for any particular frame / and b have knov>'n values, a
constant may be determined, which, if divided by the change
wheel, will give the draft it gives, or if divided by the draft
required will give the change wheel necessary.
In special cases the back roller wheel is a 50, or a 60,
and the front roller wheel sometimes 28. The table fol-
lowing gives constants for any of these combinations, and
for all usual combination of roller diameters.
Table of Draft Constants.
Diameter of
Rollers
Front and Back Roller Wh
eels
^ Usual
Special
1
Back
24 front
24 front
28 front
28 front
24 front
28 front
56 back
50 back
50 Back
56 back
60 back
60 back
In.
I
In.
1
184
164
141
157-5
196-8
168-7
H
1
197
175
151
168-6
210-8
180-6
1
1
210
1875
160-8
180
225
192-8
ItV
1
223
199
171
191
239
205
iT^n
1t^.
210
187-5
160 8
180
225
192-8
_
^1*
1
236
211
181
202-5
253
217
H
n
210
187-5
1608
180
225
1928
H
1
2625
234-5
201
225
281
241
^
^k
ih
233
208
179
200
250
214
H
H
210
187-5
160-8
180
225
192-8
1^
n
257
229
196
220
275
236
11
u
231
206
177
198
247.5
212
13
ig
210
187-5
160-8
180
225
192-8
1^
n
252
225
193
216
270
231-5
^
ig
229
204 -5
1755
196-5
245 5
210-5
H
li
210
187-5
160 8
180
225
192-8
153
1
1
1
1
HICO
Id
c
O
U-i
1
1
CM
-^
00
u,
O
U-i
-^
OO
\^
' '
O
s^
1
1
!
<
154
155
Constants for Twist per inch.
SLUBBING FRAMES.
Front
Top
Wheel on
roller
cone
driving
Spindle
wheel
wheel
shaft
wheel
120
35
46
50
1
32 constant
X —
64
X
48
25
3-92
Wheel on
Twist
Wheel on
Spindle
Cir. of
cone drum
wheel
spindle
toe
F.R.
shaft
shaft
wheel
liin. dia.
INTERMEDIATE
FRAMES.
Front
Top
Wheel on
roller
cone
driving
Spindle
wheel
wheel
shaft
wheel
130
40
46
50
1
X ■ X
47 constant
X - ■ ■ —
54
.r
48
25
392
Wheel on
Twist
Wheel on
Spindle
Cir. of F.R.
cone drum
wheel
spindle
toe
l:Jin. dia.
shaft
shaft
wheel
ROVING FRAMES.
Front
Top
Wheel on
roller
cone
driving
Spindle
wheel
wheel
shaft
wheel
140
30
54
50
1
74 '7 constant
X
36
X
X X
43
25
392
Wheel on
Twist
Wheel on
Spindle
Cir. of F.R.
cone drum
wheel
spindle
toe
l^in. dia.
shaft
shaft
wheel
FINE JACK FRAMES.
Front
Top
Wheel on
roller
cone
driving
Spindle
wheel
wheel
shaft
wheel
140
32
54
50
1
108'8 constan
X
X X
27
.r
42
25
3-92
Wheel on
Twist
Wheel on
Spindle
Cir. of F.R.
cone drum
wheel
spindle
toe
l|in. dia.
shaft
shaft
wheel
Constant divided by turns per inch == twist
wheel.
In the following tables constants are given for the different gauges
of frames, and for all required diameters of front rollers except Ixfii^.
and li'^in. dia. Should constants for these be required they may be
found by dividing the constants given opposite the lin. roller in the
various columns by 11875 and 1*3125 respectively.
156
Slabbing Frames.
Usual
19in.
20in.
•20Ain.
35
17in.
18in.
48
35
' SOirti. for
16in. j jifj
bobbins
50
52
35
Gauge
Wheel on the end of the spindle
shaft
Top cone wheel
In.
I
1
1*
li
If
1^
47-7
446
418
39-3
37 15
3345
30-4
27-88
45-8
43-95
431
42-7
41
402
40 05
38-45
377
37-7
3618
355
356
34 18
335
3203
30-76
30-15
29-12
27-97
27-4 1
267
25-62
2512
Multipliers for turns per inch
Sea Island v counts x '7
Egyptian v counts X 09
American v counts x 1-1-1-2
Indian \^countsxl-3
Change _ constant
Wheel required turns per in.
Turns _ constant
per inch ~ twist wheel on
Intermediate Frames.
fi
I r
ISin.
23in.
UFual
„.i. 19|in.
2^51"- 26iin.
19in.
46
48
40
40
40
21in.
50
40
Gauge
Wheel on the end of the spindle
shaft
Top cone wheel
In.
1
«
1
IrV
U
Ig
73-45
7015
•66-2
6455
68 0
65 -45
62-5
60-2
64 13
6135
586
56 45
605
57 65
5515
531
57-15
54-55
321
50-2
57-4
491
469
4515
46- 75
446
42-6
41-0 )
37-6 )
42-85
40-9
39 08
Multipliers for turns per inch
Sea Island v counts x 78
Egyptian v' counts x 0-95
American v counts x 11-1 '2
Indian v/countsxl'2
Chanqe _ constant
Wheel required turns per in.
Turns _ constant
per inch twist wheel on
157
c^
o
O
o
158
Roving Frames.
£ 2
ITj^in. 18iin.
18in. 20in.. 21in.
Gauge
4-2 43
-Wheel on the end of the spindle shaft
30 30
Top cone wheel
In.
i
-n
1
li
IS
109-3
97-4
95 6 .
89-95
85
76 5
69-5
63 7
106-75
99-6
•93-4
87-9
83
747
67-9 1
62-3 j
Multipliers for turns per inch
Sea Island \ counts x 1-1
Egyptian y counts x 1 ' 15
American v'^ counts X 1 ' 2-1 ' 25
Indian v counts x 15
Change __ constant
WJieel required turns per inch
Turns _ constant
per inch twist wheel on
Fine Jack Frames. — (27 on the end of cone shaft gearing
with 140 on the front roller).
IVftin.
18in., 24in.
Gauge
42 1
Wheel on the end of the spindle shaft
45 !
Top cone wheel
In.
1
H
li
191-3
170,
153
139
127 5
Multipliers for turns per inch
Sea Island A/counts x 0-9
Egyptian y ' counts x 0*95
"American v'countsx I'O-ll
Change _ constant
Wheel required turns per inch |
Multipliers of square root for turns per in
ch.
\ Slubbing Intermediate
Roving Fine Jack
Sea Island 07 078
11
1 15
1 2—1 25
1-5
0-9 1
0-95
10— 11
1
Egyptian 0 9 0 95
American 11— 12 11—12
Indian 13 12
159
,_.-I_
F^
r?-
-25 --"1
75 10^ 7
Long Collar and Bobbins Skewers for
9", 8', 7', 6" Lifts.
160
SPECIFICATION.
Details to be given when ordering Speed Frances.
How many Frames? How many Spindles in each Frame?
To stand in what length including I The gearing occupies 3ft. O^in. for
driving Pulleys? Notk - Single Driven Frames.
Length of Lift? inches t Width of Frame 3ft. Oin.
(Usually 10.9 or Sin.)
For Soft or Press Bobbins? What description of Presser ?
Diam. of l^obbin when full ? Diam. of Bobbin Barrel ?
Flyer or Bobbin to lead ?
If with Short Collar? or Mason's Long Collar? extra per Spindle, at
Diam. of Spindle ? (Usually ^in.) If with fiin. diam. extra per Spindle, at
(l^sually Twist Way),
at
Spindles to run Twist or Weft Way ?
If with Patent Footstep extra?
Which Gauge will you have ?
- p CD t;;
Diameter of Fluted
Rollers
Front
Second
Third
inch
t/) ;^ -
Diameters of Top
Rollers.
Front
Second
Third
inch
Back Line of Rollers to have corrugated or common Flutes ?
If Top Rollers or Front Line to be E. Leigh's Patent Loose Boss ?
extra per spindle at
Total Draft of Fluted Rollers ? Draft from Front to Second Roller ?
Draft from Second to Third Roller ?
If Bay wood or Iron Flat Top Clearers ?
Top Spindle Rail cased with Pay wood or Iron?
Distance from centre to centre of Rollers?
Front to Second, smallest distance to open to
Second to Third, smallest distance to open to
Top Roller Dead-weights for three lines of Rollers: —
If Middle and Back Top Rollers Self-weighted?
If three lines of Rollers weighted separately with Dead-weights ?
extra per spindle, at
Front lbs. Second lbs. Third lbs.
Number of Hank Roving to be made ? Extreme length and diameter of Creel
Bobbins ?
Creel : If for two Bobbins for each Spindle ? or for three B bbins ?
at per Spindle?
Height and diameter of Coiler Can ?
Speed of Main Shaft per minute ? Diameter of Drum on same ?
If with Brake, extra at
Speed of Spindle ? revs, per minute
Spindle for one of Front Roller ?
Diameter of Driving Pulleys on Frames ?
Driving Pulleys when facing Spindles
Hank Indicators extra at each.
to run through ? extra per Spindle, at
Note.— The Spare Pinions, &c., supplied without charge for each Intermediate
Frame are as follows : —
2 Draft Pinions, 2 Twist Pinions, 2 Lifter Shaft Pinions, 10 Ratchet Pinions, and 6
Top Rollers.
Is a complete set of Change Wheels wanted for each Frame, or how many ?
Change Wheels wanted :— Draft Pinions, Nos. of Teeth to
Twist Nos. of Teeth to
Lifter Shaft Pinions, Nos. of Teeth to
Ratchet, Nos. of Teeth to
.\re any spare articles to be sent in addition to the above?
When must the Frames be delivered, and how ?
REMARKS:
Date Signed by
How many turns of
in.
on right hand or left hand ?
If with separating Plates for ends
161
162
Patent Self-Acting Mules.
HETHERINGTON AND CURTIS H-PATTERN
MULES.
We are makers of the Hethenington Mule, the Curtis
H-Pattern Mule, the ordinary mule twiners with
stationary creel, and a newly-designed Yorkshire Twiner
with stationary spindles and travelling creel, as well as of
special muies for waste and woollen. All these machines
are the outcome of long experience and careful study, and
we do not hesitate to say tfiat they lead the way in regard
to production, light running, steady winding, whilst
the upkeep expenses are reduced to a minimum.
All the parts are made on the interchangeable principle,
and have cast on them a w^ell-defined letter or nun)ber to
facilitate ordering change pieces or parts broken in transit,
and catalogues are supplied giving illustrations of each part
with its corresponding letter or number, so they can be
ordered with the assurance that they will come according to
order and, when to hand, fit in place.
HETHERINGTON PATTERN.
The headstocks, cast in one piece, are spacious and of
great strength, and permit of easy access to all p'krts for the
purpose of oiling and regulating, and are so arranged that
every part can be easily removed without interfering with
any other important part. The scroll shaft, the rim
shaft, and the two backing-off and taking-ln shafts
can all be removed in a couple of minutes, as the bearings
are so arranged as to come away with the shafts, and being
all steady-pinned can be replaced accurately without
hesitation. The bearings are all brass-bushed, and the
bushes can be easily renewed when worn, and at a most
trifling cost.
The illustration shows the mule headstock back, from
which it will be seen that it is extra strong and cast all in
one piece.
The surfaces on the headstock to receive the various
brackets are all milled atone operation by special machinery
• 163
at one setting, thereby ensuring that all the parts are per-
fectly square and perpendicular to each other.
The brackets have also milled surfaces so that in
every case two perfect facings come together, thus making
a solid joint to withstand the vibration which the carriage
and different motions produce when the mule is running.
All brackets, besides the bolts used for fastenmg, are steady-
pinned, so that if removed they may be replaced in correct
position without loss of time.
A special machine is employed for boring holes for
back shaft, speed gearing studs, and cam shaft, all at one
operation, ensuring correct relation between these parts.
Strong foundation plates receive the headstock and
the two first slips with the builder, thus binding the whole
into a solid square as the centre of the machine.
The driving belt controls only the turning of the
spindles, rollers, and the outward movement of the carriage.
164
The taking-in and backing-off are driven by
separate band from the countershaft, and suitable provision
is made for keeping the band tight. The grooved pulley in
the headstock is an ordinary rim pulley, and being placed
on the outside of the bearing is instantly changed if necessary,
and where a large range of counts is to be spun it is a great
advantage to be able to alter slightly the speed of the taking-
in and backing-off without any trouble.
A special band tightening apparatus is used which
comes on the slack side of the band, so that the slack band
is taken up as required in a very simple manner.
Strap or independent taking-in and backing-off
is applied to mules for spinning counts from 120's to 300's.
The motion is driven by a strap in place of ropes (as mentioned
above). The arrangement is very simple, and the amount of
strap on the drawing-up pulley can be adjusted to give any
speed required, this regulation being effected by a stop rod
and anadjusting screw\ As the strap pulleys are in front of
the driving pulleys, the motion takes up no more space than
the ordinary drive.
The rim shaft is made of steel, Ifin. dia., with the
boss for the rim pulley forged on. We call attention to
this, as it allows of the greatest possible speed to be attained,
and greatly facilitates the satisfactory working of the mule.
The rim band carrier pulleys are made 13in. dia.
This increased size, compared with those ordinarily used,
greatly reduces the wear of the rim band, and as they run at
a correspondingly much lower speed, and upon steel centres,
the lubrication is effected much better, and the risk of fire is
greatly reduced , this being one of the most dangerous parts of
the mule. We also provide an auxiliary tightening pulley
on the square for the rim band. By this means we get extra
tightening of the band without the front pulley projecting
into the wheel-house, and, further, the time is increased be-
fore re-splicing of the band is necessary. Compensating
or swing pulley frames are also applied to take up the
slack of the rim band at the commencement of the outward
run of the carriage.
The backing-off friction is 19in. in dia., thus giving
increased power to this important movement.
The levers for putting the backing-off, taking-in, and
cam shaft frictions in and out of gear, as well as those for
moving the front roller and backshaft clutches, are all made
165
in the form of a fork, and pass on each side of the shaft so
as to grip the friction or clutch on both sides, and thus act
squarely on it, preventing twist and torsion and consequent
dwell or hesitation.
The taking-in friction is 13in. dia. and thus very
powerful. It is so arranged that it may be thrown out from
the front of the headstock by a foot lever if required
during the inward run.
The back shaft clutch is so arranged that if the
carriage meets with any obstruction on the outward run the
clutch will be thrown out, and the carriage brought to a
standstill.
The taking-in scroll bands are in one continuous
length, and provision is made for equal tension on both ropes
by the introduction of a special tightening apparatus, and a
certain length is kept in reserve for re-knotting, thus effect-
ing a saving in banding.
.The backing-off cam can be so adjusted that the
faller follows the yarn as it uncoils from the spindle.
The backing-off chain tightening motion, which
is connected with the builder plates, takes up the slack of
the chain automatically, and does not require the slightest
attention.
The cam shaft is driven by a friction which is of the
simplest construction, being all cast in one piece. Its work
is greatly reduced by the independent action of the carriage,
which will also make the more important changes, as it will
change the strap at both ends of the draw, throw-out the
taking-in friction and the backshaft clutch, and all the motions
are so arranged that no two that are antagonistic can be in
gear at the same time. Thus it is impossible for the taking-
166
in friction to get into gear until the backing-off friction is
clear, or the drawing-out clutch to engage whilst the taking-in
is in gear,
Puliing-off OP hastening motion. —This is very simple
in construction and easy to adjust. It consists of a lug or
finger so arranged that it can be adjusted by the replacing
of a peg to get any required movement. This finger or lug
r ^^
is attached to a rod on the side of the headstock, which is
depressed by fallers on the outward run of the carriage, and
thus pulls the strap On to the loose pulley.
The tin roller pulley is usually 12in. in dia., but 14in.
may be introduced if necessary, and they can be made in
halves with two, three, or four grooves, as may be desired.
167
The tin roller shafts are of large diameter, and run
in easily lubricated brass bearings, or the bearings can be
made on the Mohler principle to swivel and be self-adjusting,
if required.
The regulator motion (strapping or governing) is so
made that the slightest variation in the position of the fallers
makes a corresponding alteration, and a cam again releases
the motion without putting any strain on the faller.
A fullcop stop motion is applied to weft mules to
ensure all the cops being made the same size.
Faller coupling motion for fine spinning is a pre-
ventive of snarls, gives better wound cops, and prevents any
undue strain on the yarn. The snail plate that controls the
backing-off also coils the yarn on the spindle wdien the faller
rises. The fallers can be more easily and readily adjusted
to suit the requirements of the yarn being produced.
The winding has received special attention and may be
said to be perfect, no matter whether the carriage runs in
slowly or quickly, and a hard cop with an increased length of
yarn on it is made. The builder rails and copping plates
are accurately machined to
/ /^ template so as to give a
// . v<<¥l ..„ ,..^ perfect cop, and must under
no consideration be filed at
the mill, and the relative
positions of the centres of
the quadrant and winding
drums have been carefully
-fixed to ensure steady and
regular winding. As ac-
cessories to the winding,
we employ an automatic and perfectly controllable nosing
motion, mounted on the quadrant, which is clearly
shown in the sketch above and the side elevation of the
headstock.
The quadrant sector is a separate part and not cast
together with the trunk, so that in case of accident it can be
replaced at once and at a small cost.
Improved tension motion specially arranged to
relieve tension on yarn during backing-off and commence-
ment of winding, by the very gradual increase and decrease
of weight applied, permitting the application of heavier
weights at the correct moment to ensure firm winding.
(MINC MOTION
Hethepin>cton M'JLE
169
Head twist motion is driven from the twist worm on
the rim shaft. The motion is so compounded that the twist
wheel can be of a reasonable diameter for once round of the
motion.
Twist latcil. — This device is so arranged that while
twisting at the head is taking place the strap is being
gradually drawn from the fast pulley, so that when the twist
is complete there remains only a small portion of the strap
on the fast pulley to be removed. By this arrangement there
is a great saving in the backing-off" friction, and there is less
wear and tear on the ritn bands. The device is easily ad-
justed for drawing off the strap at any given distance.
Tlie twist wlieels are spur wheels of large diameter
so that very small changes may be made, and two change
places are provided so as to reduce the number of change
wheels required where a large range of counts is to be spun,
and they are so arranged that the change can be effected
easily and quickly. There is an arrangement in connection
with the change wheel which enables us to change on the
rim shaft, and also the pinion on the twist lever, thus getting
a much larger range than otherwise.
The square is of a very strong section, with the front
and back plates cast together. The carriage is built to go
inside the square, and is bolted to the front and back plates
and steadied with fin. dia. diagonal rods.
Patent metal carriage. — This carriage is constructed
entirely of metal. The whole framework is built up of rails
and sheet metal, bound together in such a manner as to
present the greatest resistance with a minimum amount of
deflection, to meet all strains developed in the carriage when
the mule is working, and for rigidity and firmness is superior
to anything at present in existence.
The homogeneity of the material distributes the ex-
pansion and contraction equally so that each part is affected
by it in equal ratio.
It is much superior to wood, inasmuch as it is not in-
flammable, runs lighter, is more rigid, is not so liable to get
out of square, and produces better work and more length.
The wood carriage, after working some years, becomes so
saturated with oil that its weight increases very considerably
and requires more power to drive, and it becomes more
inflammable and requires frequent squaring up in con-
sequence of the shrinking nature of the timber.
170
SECTION OF METAL CARRIAGE.
Advantages of the Metal Capriage.
1, — Non-inflammable and practically indestructible.
2. — Considerably lighter and stronger.
3. —Less power required to drive the mule.
4. — Steadier, and practically no vibration.
5. — No swinging motion of the carriage.
6. — Less breakage of ends, hence less waste.
7. — More even winding.
8. — Greater production, and higher speeds obtainable.
9. — More sensitive to the changes.
10.— Works with less noise than the ordinary one.
IL — No strain on the rollers, spindle rail, tin rollers, and
faller shafts, and when once set correctly remains so.
171
SLIDE
BAR
FRONT
C ROLLER
CAM- SHAFT.
PLAN
IMPROVED STRETCHING OR JACK MOTION,
172
12. — Made in uniform long lengths, affording maximum
strength and rigidity, it requires few joints and no
special couphngs.
13. — Tin roller bearings of swivel type, and supported on
firm stretchers directly above carriage bearers.
14. All metal, hence no trouble through unequal expansion.
The wood carriages are light and very strong and
rigid, and are boarded underneath with stout boards so that
they are very stiff. The parts are put together by tongues
and grooves ail cut by special machinery, and are wedged up,
by hardwood wedges dipped in glue before they are driven
up, and thus making as strong a job as possible. The
carriage stays are also strengthened by wrought-iron cross
stays bolted from each of the hardwood stays, thus prevent-
ing any bending movement, and a carriage stop motion
is applied so that the carriage can be brought to a standstill
at the beam without putting the strap off.
Slips and carriage wheels. — In order to ensure per-
fect and steady running of the moving parts, we employ at
the headstock end of the carriage a much wider slip and
carriage wheel than usual. The life of the slip is thus
prolonged, and this reducing of the wear of the slip ensures
perfect coping for a much longer period than if an ordinary
width of the slip was used.
Stretching or jacking motion. — In this arrange-
ment as the carriage is being drawn out from the roller beam
before the stretching commences, the front roller spindle, the
large bevel, and the whole of the wheel box revolve. The
rollers can be disengaged at any time during outward run of
the carriage ; after they are disengaged the stretching com-
mences, through the wheels A, B, and the Avheel box, the
Avheel C on the long boss, and then through the train of
wheels on to the back shaft.
Roller motion whilst winding. — This motion is
driven from the back shaft direct on to the front roller.
Roller delivery motion whilst twisting is worked
from the worm on the rim shaft through a train of wheels
on to the front roller.
Patent draft gearing.— The object of this device is to
get unlimited and accurate drafts, at the same time using
large change wheels.
The device consists of a compound bracket A, B, secured
to the roller beam carrying a stud C, on which are mounted
173
wheels D and E, gearing into F, which is secured to the front
roller, and G running loose on the the front roller. F being
a driver, gives motion through D and E to the wheels G and
G^ to the crown wheel, change wheel H, and to the back
roller.
ROLLER
CROWN
WHEEL
5_ TRDNT
ROLLER
P-^TCNT A.Rn<\NCEMEr<T FOR IDraFT BS RoLLEKS
For applying to existing machines. — When it is
required to change from a low to a high draft, say from 8 to
16, in existing mules by the addition of this arrangement the
original front roller wheel must be made to run loose. The
motion is then put into gear with this latter wheel and into
a new driving wheel which must be fastened to the front roller,
and thereby getting the increased draft without changing any
of the exisiting wheels or fixings. When it is required to go
back to the low draft, the bracket B and the wheels D and
E are taken out of gear by means of the adjusting screw B',
and the original front roller wheel G is again fastened to the
front roller, and the original draft remains.
Double speed driving. — The illustration shows the
mechanism for driving mules at two speeds for fine counts.
We employ two pairs of fast and loose pulleys, and two
independent slide bars, each of which carries one of the belt
forks for the two driving belts. On a stud above the driving
174
pulleys we pivot a quadrant which has a slot concentric with
its arc, but terminating into two radial portions : in these
latter, work a stud and bowl fixed to each of the slide bars.
When the change takes place, say to the quick speed, the
quadrant is moved forward and approximately horizontally,
and carries with it the bowl on the slide bar for slow speed,
after moving it the required distance on to the loose pulley it
comes into the concentric slot and thus leaves the bowl, and
in turn comes in contact with the bowl on the bar for the
Double Speed
Driving for
Fine Mule.
quick speed, thus taking the strap over the loose on to the
fast pulley. One great advantage is that it is impossible for
the straps to be on the two fast pulleys at the same time, and
it is considerably neater than the two sets of three pulleys
for obtaining the motion.
Duplex driving can be supplied if desired, consisting
of two pairs of fast and loose pulleys on the rim shaft.
Owing to these pulleys being narrower than the usual ones
the straps have to be moved a smaller distance at each
change.
175
/6
The pulleys are usually 16in. dia., but may be made
larger if desired, our headstocks being capable of taking
pulleys up to 20in. dia. and 5iin. wide for 5in. belt if required.
Scavengers. — When required we can supply scav-
engers or cleaners for clearing the carriage from fluff or loose
fibres, either the curtain or stationary scavenger, or
the travelling scavenger, which automatically traverses
the length of the roller beam by means of an endless band.
Snicking motion used in fine spinning is driven from
a pair of narrow pulleys placed on the rim shaft, its object
being to give an increased speed to the spindle a given time
before the carriage finishes the inward run, to wind on the
slack yarn caused by the lifting of the counter faller. Snarls
and cut yarn are thus avoided. The motion can be set to
come into operation at any required distance up to 9 inches
before the finishing of the stretch.
Fallers. — The counter faller shaft is carried on anti-
friction bowls of large diameter, thereby ensuring a free
movement of the shaft.
Thread guides for mules with two or three threads per
boss are usually supplied with the ordinary slotted traverse
guide, and for single boss mules for spinning fine counts from
double roving we usually supply back traverse guides with
brass eyelet holes, together with spaced middle guides to suit.
Patent loose bolster. — It is generally acknowledged
that the spindles absorb
a large proportion of the
power required to drive
mules and twiners. This
is mostly due to the rigid
manner in which the
spindles are held in the
bolster. In order to
overcome this we have
introduced a simple loose
gravity bolster for each
spindle, whereby less
power to drive and less
frequent oiling are re-
quired. From the sketch
it will be seen that we
use an ordinary bolster
and bolster plate. The
t^Ui.c. Car R I oce-
lli
178
plate is provided with open slots for each bolster, and the
bolster itself is carried by a sheet metal clip doubled, to
leave a space wider than the thickness of the bolster plate, and
the clip itself is a little wider than the slot in the bolster plate.
When the bolster is pulled into position by the band the
front portion of the clip abuts against the edge of the bolster
plate. At the end of the clip are two projections, with
rounded heads, which rest on the bolster plate and allow the
bolster to rock freely in every direction, whereby a flexible
bearing is obtained for the spindle.
Speeds. — The usual speed of the countershaft is from
480 to 500 revs., and the rim shaft 850 revs, for spindle speed
of 8,000 to 11,000 revs, per min., with 6in. dia. tin rollers and
fin. dia. spindle wharve for twist, and 5in.dia. tin roller and
fin. dia. of spindle wharve for weft.
Space. — The gearing occupied by rim-at-back mules
is 5ft. 5Mn., and with stretching motion 5ft. Goin. The
rim-at-side mule occupies 5ft. 1 liin., and wnth stretching
motion 5ft. Ufin.
CURTIS H-PATTERN MULE.
This mule is different in many details from the
Hetherington Pattern, and is made either on the spring and
lever principle without a cam shaft, or can be made with
a cam shaft if desired. Many of the details described in
tlie Hetherington mule are applicable to both mules. In
mules made without a cam shaft the changes are performed
by springs, rods, and levers, a device creating force holding
same in reserve until required, and releasing same at will.
The headstock, of which we give two views, has been
completely overhauled and constructed from entirely new^
models. In doing this, special regard has been given to the
general strength of the headstock as a whole, together with
the individual parts that go tow^ards the making of what can
be safely said to be the strongest mule headstock ever
constructed. This enables it \o deal more effectively with
the spinning of all classes of yarn.
Al I the parts are made on the interchangeable principle,
a now well-recognised method in the building up of all classes
of machinery, and each part is provided with a letter or
numeral, so that in case of breakdown the necessary renewals
can be ordered with the assurance that they will come
according to order and, when to hand, fit in place.
179
X
180
The motions are entirely separate from each other,
and so arranged that no two antagonistic motions can be in
operation together.
Spri ng change motion. — The cam shaft is replaced by
atrip motion which works very satisfactorily, and is illustrated
on another page. The motion of the quadrant is utilised to
charge a spring during both the outward and inward run of
the carriage, and the faller shafts release the trip at both ends
of the draw. The attack being one of direct contact, the
motion is capable of very accurate adjustment. The quad-
rant shaft carries a small crank, and its partial revolution
acting on a system of le'vers charges the spring that makes
the changes.
Cam motion. — Only one lever engages w^ith the cam,
this being the angle lever which controls the back shaft
clutch box, front roller clutch, the taking-in friction, and the
engaging of the backing-off friction. This arrangement
gives absolute correct timing of the various changes, as the
movement of the one cam actuates them all.
Strap motion. — The outward movementofthecarriage
is utilised to bring the belt on the loose pulley, and the levers
are so arranged that the carriage can begin to control this
movement in any position within 12in. of the termination of
its outward run. • \\'hen a twist motion is used this, of
course, is not required.
The inward run of the carriage immediately before
arriving at its termination is in a similar way arranged to put
the belt from the loose to the fast pulley, and great care has
been taken in the arrangement of the various motions that
no antagonistic movements shall or can be brought into
operation at the same time, as the changes are so arranged
and connected that one must go out of gear before the other
is capable of acting, such as the backing-off, which cannot
get into gear while the carriage is on its outward run, and
the taking-in cannot be in gear at the same time as the
drawing-out. Neither can the taking-in get into gear at the
same time as the backing-off, as in the action of putting into
gear one relieves the other.
The displacement of the strap by the carriage is
thoroughly under the control of the minder, who can instantly
alter the time to suit requirements.
Driving pulleys. — These are usually made 16in. to
18in. dia., and 5in. wide.
181
Patent strap motion. — By this arrangement the
movement of the strap is controlled by a weight instead of
a spring, and so arranged that the strap is both taken off the
fast pulley and brought on to the loose pulley, or vice versa,
by the pull of the weight only ; this ensures an even and
steady movement of the strap, and with using a dead weight
in place of a spring there is no possibility of any loss of
movement.
Patent backing-off motion. — The backing-oif is
charged shortly after the carriage leaves the roller beam.
The rod is then latched into position, so that there is no strain
on the carriage, also little pressure on the levers connected
with the fallers at the termination of the draw. The charg-
ing of the spring being completed, it then only remains for
the rod to be unlatched, which is done by the action of the
fallers locking, ready for winding.
The twist motion is driven by a worm on the tin
roller shaft, ensuring the correct twist, whether the rim band
be tight or slack.
The tin roller shafts are of large diameter, and run
in easily-lubricated brass bearings, or the bearings can be
made on the Mohler principle to swivel and be self-adjusting
if required.
We have patterns for the rim-at-side and rim-at-
back arrangements, and all the foregoing details are
applicable to both kinds.
All the usual details can be supplied such as squaring
band pulleys, duplex driving, fallers on bowl, anti-
friction carriage bearers, stretching motion, roller
motion whilst windingand whilst twisting, travelling
scavenger, double speed motion, faller easing
motion, strap taking-in and backing-off, wood or
all-metal fireproof carriage.
Tension motion, of w^hich we give an illustration, is
worth attention. The rail A having a shoulder or rise at the
front end can be regulated in height. During the inward
run of the carriage the bowl at the end of the lever B must
run over the shoulder of the rail, and in doing so puts tensions
on the yarn through the spring D ; the greatest tension being
whilst winding on the shoulder of the cop. As the carriage
runs in and the faller rises the tension is diminished until it
ceases altogether \vhen the carriage is near the beam.
183
Speeds. — The rim shaft may run any speed from 700
to 900 revs, per min., according to the speed of spindles
required. The tin rollers are 6in. dia., and the spindle
wharves fin. dia. for both twist and \veft. The countershaft
usually runs from 425 revs, to 525 revs, per min.
Pulleys. — 16in. to 20in. dia. X 5iin. wide for 5in. belt.
Power. — ^110 twist spindles or 120 weft spindles= iH.P.
Length of mules. — Multiply the number of spindles
by the gauge and add the following dimensions for the gear-
ing of the different kinds of mules.
Type of Mule
With
Roller Motion
With
Stretching Motion
5ft. 5|in.
4ft. llin.
5ft. ll^in.
5ft. Oin.
5ft. 6iin.
5ft. 2Jin.
5ft. ll^in.
5ft. 3*in.
H-Pattern (Curtis)
Hetherington rim at side
H-Pattern rim at side....
To find the number of spindles that will stand in a
given length deduct the above lengths from the space avail-
able, multiply the remainder by 12 and divide by the gauge.
The number of spindles must be divisible —
by 2 for single bossed rollers.
by 4 for rollers with 2 threads
per boss.
by 6 for rollers with 3 threads
per boss.
by 8 for rollers with 4 threads
per boss.
The distance from centre to centre of front rollers in a
pair of mules for 64in. stretch for a new mill must not be
less than 15ft. Sin. to meet the Factory Act. Centre of
front roller to back of headstock is 3ft. 2in., and from the
centre of front roller to back of creel is 1ft. 6in. for single
creel, 1ft. 8 oin. for twist 4-height double roving creel, and
1ft. 10|in. for weft 4-height double roving creel. The
distance from centre of front roller to outside of fallers is
6ft. 4in, for 64in. draw.
Stretch. — Mules made for 56in., 58in., 60in., 62in.,
64in. and 66in. draw, according to the Nos. to be spun.
Guards. — In view of the strict regulations of the Em-
ployers' Liability Act, we apply guards to all wheels as well
as to all moving parts, so that everything is now completely
covered in, and it is impossible for any serious accidents to
184
occur. The illustrations given herewith, together with the
back view of Curtis Headstock shown below, gives an idea
of how the different parts are guarded.
BACK VIEW OF H. MULE HEADSTOCK WITH GUARDS.
A — Rim Pulley Guard. C — Middle Drawing-out Band.
B— End Scroll on Back Shaft. D— Scroll Shaft Guard.
G — Carriage Wheel Guard.
185
The following illustrations show two methods of guard-
ing the band pulley on the outer frame ends; either kind is
adopted according to the
position of the pulley, if -
placed on the top of fram- - .
ing or carried from the floor.
The guard for the
back shaft scroll is
carried from the outer frame
end, completely encircling
the scroll and making it
impossible to be caught by
the band.
When specially ordered we can supply guards of strong
blue planished steel which entirely cover in the scrolls, yet
so arranged that no time is lost when replacing a band.
We also make floor
brackets and guards for
middle drawing-out band,
on the flat (as shown), or up-
right pattern which completely
case in the pulley, and are
firmly secured to the floor,
making them impossible to
be moved by the passing of
skips, &c.
186
End scroll, frame end pulley, and faller-stop. —
These are all guarded, together with the quadrant, in such
a manner that they have all been passed by II. M. Inspector
of Factories and Workshops. All the above can be applied
to any make of mule.
The accompany-
ing illustrations show
one method of guard-
ing the back part of
the headstock. The
guard is made of sheet
steel riveted together,
making a solid guard.
It will be seen from
the illustrations that
it is fitted with sliding
doors to enable any
change to be made
without removing the
guard. The guard can
be easily cleaned, and
there is no fear of
fluff" gathering, which
would be dangerous
in case of fire. Some-
times we supply this
shape made of wnve
netting.
The headstock
guard for the Curtis
mule is formed of a
cast-iron frame sup-
ported by the head-
stock back, and filled
in with a detachable
sheet-iron panel. Be-
low this is a platform
and end guards for
the taking-in scroll
shaft, which may be thus entirely cased in
arrangement is shown on page 186.
A view of this
187
This illustration shows one method of guarding the
fallers by means of a cast-iron stationary cover.
We also supply covers for taking-in bevels, scroll
bevels and quadrant, &c.
Fixed carriage wheel guards. — We have many
different patterns of this guard,
which is carried from the
carriage front in place of runn-
ing loose on the rail.
Patent faller stop
guard. — Upon the faller
bracket we form a projection
or stud, and this passes through
a curved slot formed in the
guard. The guard rests norm-
ally upon and extends below
the counter faller shaft, so
that when the winding faller
shaft turns, taking the bracket forward and downwards, the
projection on the bracket passes along the slot in the guard,
which remains stationary, and so effectually protects the
operative from injury by the stop on the bracket as it returns
sharply upon the counter faller shaft.
This can be applied to existing mules of any make.
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 1 shows the guard in position during the outward
run of the carriage.
Fig. 2 the position during the inward run.
188
Various kinds of Creels used on the " Heth " and
"Curtis" Pattern Mules.
The illustrations herewith show a few of the different
kinds of creels used for single or double rovings.
For ordinary twist mules it is usual to supply a
3-height single creel, which with Ifin. gauge mules allows
all full bobbins to be used.
If the height of the room will allow of a single creel
when using either single or double roving we strongly
recommend them, as it is better for creeling, and much more
convenient for the operative when piecing up broken ends.
For Egyptian and Sea Island Yarn it is a common
practice to use double roving in order to get a better quality
of yarn and a more uniform thread.
The creels for these yarns are made in various styles,
the single 4-height creel using full and half bobbins being
the most common for If gauge or twMst mules.
The 3-height double creel, with broad board to take two
sets of bobbins, is the one used most for weft or fine gauge
mules.
Single or double creels are made with iron or w^ood
supports or rails for carrying the skewers supporting the
roving frame bobbins.
All the creels are supported by strong upright rods,
carried from the spring pieces, and supplied with top boards
to carry the roving frame bobbins ready for putting in the
creels.
Table creels. — Besides the creels shown in the
illustrations, w^e sometimes employ a table or gallery creel.
This is used mostly in attics where the sloping roof does not
give sufficient head room for the ordinary creel, or in such
places where the light is bad. In this creel the bobbins are
placed in a kind of gallery, behind each other, with each row
a little higher than the preceding one.
We do not, however, recommend this kind of creel, as
they are not convenient to creel or piece up the broken ends.
There is also no top board to keep the full bobbins on, and
they take up more space than the ordinary creel, and should
not be adopted unless for the reasons given above.
189
190
191
192
SELF-ACTING MULE for WORSTED.
In designing this mule we have introduced a number of
most important improvements, and have succeeded in making
a mule easy to manipulate and capable of a good production
of yarn of the highest quality.
The Headstock is strong and well braced on two
foundation plates, and is made for either the spring change
motion or cam shaft. The front roller catch box is
controlled by a sliding cam plate. Either wood or our
patent metal carriage can be supplied.
Strap motion. — The outward movement of the
carriage is utilised to bring the belt on the loose pulley, and
the levers are so arranged that the carriage can begin to
control this movement in any position within 12 inches of
the termination of its outward run. When a twist motion
is used this, of course, is not required.
Rollers. — Three, four, or five lines of rollers are used
according to requirements, all adjustable, independent of each
other, or the two or three front lines fixed and cnly the back
line adjustable.
SELF-ACTING MULE for Wool, Shoddy, and
Cotton Waste Yarns.
This mule is supplied with double or treble speeds,
which can be applied at any part of the outward run of the
carriage, the rollers are driven independently of the carriage
with separate change wheels for each, the toothed segment
of the quadrant and the pinion are made of malleable iron.
Wood or our patent metal carriages can be supplied, also
backing-off chain tightening motion, twist motion
and backing-off retarding motion, slubbing motion,
spindle stop motion, rim band tightening motion,
carriage pushing-in motion. We usually supply one
row of plain bottom rollers l^in dia. and 24in. dia. top
rollers, but two row^s of plain or fluted bottom rollers and
one row^ of top rollers can be supplied if desired. Strong
spindles capable of producing cops up to lOoin. long.
For other particulars see small books for \\'aste or
W^oollen Machinery.
193
strapping, Banding, &c.
Pulleys. — 16iD. to iOin. dia. X 5^in. wide for 5in. belt.
Speeds. — For ordinary counts, 850 revolutions.
HoPSe Power.^ — For coarse gauges, 100 spindles;
medium gauges, 110 spindles; fine gauges, 120 spindles
to 1 H.P.
Length of mules. — IMultiply the number of spindles
by the gauge and add the following dimensions for the gear-
ing of the different kinds of mules.
1
Type of Mule
With
Roller Motion
With
Stretching Motion
Hetherington
H-Pattern . .
oft. 5iin.
4ft. llin.
5ft. ll^in.
5ft. Oin.
5ft. 6iin,
5ft. 2^in.
5ft. ll^in.
5ft. 3iin.
Hetherington rim at side
H-Pattern rim at side ...
To find the number of spindles that will stand in a
given length, deduct the above lengths from the space avail-
able, multiply the remainder by 12 and divide by the gauge.
The number of spindles must be dixisible —
by 2 for single bossed rollers,
by 4 for rollers wnth 2 threads per boss,
by 6 ,, ,, 3
by 8 „ „ 4
Net weight for mules. — Hetherington Pattern, 64in.
stretch : —
Headstock, square and end ... ... ... 3,640 lbs.
Remainder of ^Machine ... l^in. gauge, 14ilbs. per spindle.
,, ,, ... liin. ,, 15ilbs. ,,
„ „ ... l|in. „ 17ilbs.
To obtain the approximate gross weight, add 26 per cent.
Strapping required for Mules.
From main shaft to counier usually about 50ft. of 5in.
or 6in. strapping.
Down strap usually about 22ft. of 4iin. or 5in. strapping.
194
Banding.
2 scroll drawing-Lip bands
1 check band
1 auxiliary scroll band .
1 long quadrant band
1 short ,, ,,
5 back shaft scroll bands
5 „
4 squaring bands
Rim band
Taking-up band ...
Strapping motion band
Return band
Spindle banding ...
Banding
2 scroll drawing-up bands
1 check scroll band
1 auxiliary scroll band
2 off end draw bands
2 short ,,
2 middle ,,
2 short ,,
1 headstock band
i short band
1 return ...
Rim band
Top taking-up band
8 squaring bands under
carriage
Hetherington Mule.
Is ... |in. di
a., 10ft. each
.. ^m. ,
, 21ft.
..
.. l-m. ,
, 10ft. 6in. „
|in. ,
, 21ft.
|in. ,
, 12ft.
.. fin. ,
, 21ft.
.. fin. ,
, 12ft.
.. lin. ,
, 9ft.
-. Tein. ,
, 62ft.
.. Tiin. ,
, 36ft.
■|in. ,
, 19ft. 6in. .,
iin. ,
, 18ft.
iin. ,
, 4ft. perspdle
H-Pattern IVIule.
lin. dia., 10ft.
Im.
im.
fin.
fin.
fin.
fern.
Tein.
9 •
Tel"-
19ft.
9ft.
16ft.
10ft.
19ft.
12ft.
16ft.
10ft.
lift.
65ft.
69ft.
12ft.
each.
CALCULATIONS AND FORMUL/E.
Turns per
inch
Mule Twist Formulae.
Turns of spindle in a given time
ins. delivered bv front roller in same time
Turns of spindle for one of the rim. — The tin
roller pulleys may be any diameter from Sin. to 14in.
inclusive. Tin rollers are 6in. and Sin. dia. Spindle wharves
lin. Supposing a mule to have a 12in. tin roller
are fin. to
195
pulley, 6in. tin roller (^ifin.) and fin. spindle wharves (tI),
and D to be the diameter of the rim, then adding iVin.
(diameter of band) to the diameters of the tin roller and
wharve, the number of turns of the spindle for one of the
rim is
D X 97
12 X 13
D X "622
The following table gives the multipliers for various
sizes of tin roller pulleys and spindle wharves, and for both
6in. and 5in. tin rollers. These numbers multiplied by any
diameter of rim will give the number of turns of the spindle
for one of that rim.
Diameter
Diameter
of
spindle
wharves
Diameters of
Tin Roller Pulleys.
of tin
rollers
8in.
9in.
lOin.
llin.
12in.
13in.
14in.
6in. -'
(
fin.
11025
•980
•870
•802
•735
■678
•630
Sin.
•936
•808
•832
•718
•746
■646
•668
•585
•622
■539
■574
•4975
•533
•462
lin.
•712
•633
■570
•518
•475
•4385
■407
gin.
•921
•818
•736
•670
■614
•567
•486
5in. 1
fin.
•778
•682
•622
•566
•519
•479
•445
^in.
•675
■600
■540
•491
•450
•4155
■389
lin.
•595
■529
■476
■433
•397
•3665
•340
Mule Draft FoPmul8e,--On the front roller of the
' Heth " mule is a compound wheel wnth 18 and 22 teeth,
either of which may be used as required. The back roller
wheel is usually 54, but may be any number from 40 to 60.
If / is the diameter of front, and b that of the back
roller, and ,t the draft wheel
draft
54 X 120 X / 54 X 120 x /
or accordinj
X X 22 X b
X X 18 X b
to the front roller wheel in gear, and when / and b are the
same (as is usually the case), these expressions reduce to
294*5 360
and respectively. The following table gives
X X
constants for various combinations of rollers, and with
either 18 or 20 in gear: —
196
TABLE I.
Hetherington Pattern.
Diameter:
Front roller
Back roller
Constant
with 54
back and
22 front
roller
wheel ...
Constant
with 54
back and
18 front
roller
wheel ...
In.
In.
In.
■
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
H
H
H
u
i
i
I
it
•il
1
1x^6
1«
n
i ■
H
1
1
ii
1
ii
1
1
1
1
294 5
273
255
239
294-5
275
258
2945
276
294-5
313
331
1
360
334
312
292
360
336
315
360
337
360
382
405
If the back roller wheel be not 54, a new constant may
be found by multiplying the foregoing by 54, and dividing
by the other back roller wheel on.
H- Pattern.
(Back roller w^heel 50, Compound front roller wheel, ^f).
Diameter
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
Front roller...
¥i
¥1
H
¥1
i
i
i
H
H
1
It\
1*
Back roller ...
¥i
1
8
H
1
'
H
1
H
1
1
1
1
Constant with
54 back and ^
20 front rol- 1
300
278
260
244
300
280
262
300
281
300
319
337
ler wheel ...'
Constant with |
50 back and 1.
16 front rol- 1
375
348
325
305
375
350
328
375
351
375
399
422
ler wheel ... '
Inches delivered by front roller for one turn of
the rim. — In the Hetherington mule there is a 17 or a 20
bevel driving the front roller bevel, and tw^o change places
are provided for the twist pinions, the one (x) on one end of
the rim shaft, and the other (Y) the wheel that gears with x.
Then if / be the diameter of the front roller
197
Inches delivered for one turn of the rim for a 17 bevel =
X X 28 X 17 X 3*14/ _ X X f X ri24
Y X 35 X 38 ~ Y
X xf X 1-322
and for a 20 =
Taking the first of these expressions and the example
given above for the turns of the spmdle, we get
X X f X 1-124
Turns per inch = D x '622
For any particular mule / is fixed suppose f or '875,
and fixing suitable values for the rim and twist wheel on the
end of rim shaft, say 16in. and 24 teeth, and supposing the
turns per inch required to be 22, we have
16 X '622 X Y
22 = or, which is the same thing,
24 X 875 X ri24
22 X 24 X -875 x ri24
= Y, and from this we find
16 X "622
Y = 51*2, that is a 51 change wheel.
The following tables give constants for a 17 and a 20
driving bevel in conjunction with various diameters of front
roller and various sizes of the wheel x on the end of the rim
shaft. These constants divided by the wheel Y would give
the inches delivered by the roller for one turn of the rim shaft.
These numbers divided by the wheel Y would give the
inches delivered by the front roller for one turn of the rim.
If we designate the constant in Table II. by B, and that
obtained by multiplying the constant in Table I. by the
diameter of the rim by A,
B A X Y
then the turns per inch = A ^ =
Y B
turns per inch X B
or = change wheel, Y.
Put into words the rule for the use of the two tables is
as follows: — Fix suitable diameter of rim to give desired
speed of spindles and convenient size of twist wheel X.
Then change wheel Y will be found by multiplying the
proper constant in Table II. by the required terms per inch,
and dividing by the diameter of the rim multiplied by the
proper constant in Table I.
198
GEARING OF "HETH" MULE.
199
TABLE II.
Example: — Suppose the front roller is fin. and the
driving bevel 17, and that we choose a 24 wheel on the end
of the rim shaft; then in the upper half of Table 1 1., opposite
fin. and under 24, we find the number 23"7, and multiplying
this by 22 turns, say, for 32's yarn, we get 510'8. If the tin
roller be 6in., and the pulley 12in., and spindle wharve fin.,
and it be decided to use a 16in. rim, then in the upper half
of Table I., opposite fin. and under 12in., we find the
constant '622, and multiplying this by the rim (l6in.) we get
9'952 ; then
510*0^9"952==5r2, that is a 51.'s change wheel.
In our " Curtis" H-pattern headstock both the change
wheels are driving wheels, namely, the wheel on the head of
the rim shaft (X) and the bevel (Y) gearing with the bevel
on the front roller. Table I. remains the same, but Table II.
assumes a slightly different form, as also the formulae for
obtaining the change wheel from the tables.
200
202
TABLE II. FOR THE H-PATTERN MULE.
Bevel
gearing with the front roller
bevel
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
74-8
70-0
66-0
62-2
590
560 53-4
510
48-75
46-7
#
69 0
64-7
60-9
57-5
54-2
51-8
49-2
470
45-0
431
^
637
60 0
56-5
53-2
50-5
48-0
45-75
437
41 9
40-0
^
59-7
560
52-8
49-85
47-25
44-85
42-7
40-8
39-0
374
1
560
52 6
49-45
46-7
44-25
42-0 1 400
38-2
36-6
35 0
In^
52-7
495
46-45
439
41-6
39-6 37-6
35 95
344
33-0
U
49-8
467
440
415
393
37-4 356
34-0
32-5
31-15
A being a constant obtained by the use of Table I., and
B that from Table II., X the change wheel on the end of
the run shaft in the H -pattern mule, may be obtained by
multiplying A by B and dividing the result by the twist per
inch required.
The following formulae are useful in changing from one
count to another : —
sq. root of counts x wheel on
Twist wheel required
(if a driving wheel)
Twist wheel required
(if a driven wheel)
Builder ratchet
required
sq. root of counts required.
sq. root of counts required x wheel on
square root of present counts
sq. root of required counts x wlieel on
square root of present counts
Gain in the carriage. ^Since the length of scroll band
unrolled in a draw is 64in., and the yarn delivered by the
front roller is 64in. less the amount of gain required, w^e may
consider the back shaft scroll as a roller taking up what the
roller delivers with a small draft.
lin. of gain in the carriage is equal to a draft of 1*016,
and corresponding values for gains up to 5in. are given
below : —
Gain ...
lin.
l^in.
2in.
2iin.
3in.
S^m.
4in.
4^in. 5in.
Draft...
1-016
1-024
1-032
1041
1049
1-058
1066
1.075 1085
103
The scrolls on the back shaft are made Sin. diameter,
and for fin. scroll band. Their diameter to the centre of
the band is, therefore, 5fin. or 5'625.
The driving wheel on the front roller is either 40, 50, or
60, and three tables of constants for each are given below.
The spur on the gain wheel gearing with the wheel on
the back shaft is 25, 26, or 27, and in each table a line of
constants for various sizes of front rollers is given opposite
each of these wheels.
These constants divided by the draft between the
carriage and the roller (that is the gain) will give the gain
wheel.
Table I. 40 Front Roller Wheel.
Spur on
the Gain
Wheel
Diameters of the Front Roller
§in.
ilin.
lin.
l^in.
liin.
25
26
27
86-75
89-2
92-6
80
83-2
91-75
75
78
81
706 1 66-7
734 ! 6935
76-2 ; 72,
Table II. 50 Front Roller Wheel.
Spur on
the Gain
Wheel
Diameters of the Front Roller
^in.
ilin.
lin. lyein.
Hin.
25
26
27
107-2
1114
115-3
100
104
107 -8
9375 ' 88-25
97-5 917
101 1 95
83-4
866
89-8
Table III.
60 Front Roller Wheel.
Spur on
the Gain
Wheel
Diameters of the Front Roller
iin.
ilin.
lin.
l^in.
Hin.
25
26
27
128-7
1338
138 9
120
124-8
1295
112-5
117
1215
105-8
110
114
100
104
108
Example: — Suppose we require 3in. of gain in the
carriage, that is, r049 of a draft. We have 60 on the front
roller, which is lin. m diameter, and we choose a gain wheel
to have a 26 spur gearing with the back shaft wheel. In
204
Table III., opposite 26 and below lin., we find the constant
1 17, and dividing this by the required draft, 1*0+9, we get 1 12
nearl}', that is a 1 12/26 gain wheel, for
1*045, or very nearly the draft required.
60 26 5"625in.
^ X
112 75 lin.
In our H-pattern the front roller wheel is always 45,
and the gain wheel spur 18. The constants are, therefore,
as follows : —
Diameters of the Front Rollers.
^in.
lin.
l^in.
liin.
103 ... 96*2 ... 90*2 ... 84*9 ... 80*2
These constants divided by the draft (gain) required
will give the gain wheel.
A Table of Turns per inch.
To Spin Weft and Twist from 10 s to T32's.
1 Weft Yarns
Weft Yarns
Twist Yarns
Twist Yarns
V counts x3'25
V counts X 3-25
V counts X 3-75
\/ counts X 3*75
Counts
Turns
Counts
Turns
Counts
Turns
Counts
Turns
10
10-27
72
27-.57
10
11-85
72
31-81
12
11-25
74
27-96
12
12-95
74
32-25
14
12-16
. 76
28-33
14
1403
76
32-68
16
13-00
78
28-70
16
15-00
78
33-11
18
1376
80
29-07
18
15-91
80
3354
20
1453
82
29-43
20
I6-77
82
33-95
22
15-24
84 ■
29-79
22
17-59
84
34-36
24
15-92
86
3014
24
I8-37
86
34-77
26
1657
88
30-49
26
19-12
88
3517
28
17-20
90
30-83
28
19-84
90
35-.57
30
17-80
92
31-17
30
20-54
92
35-96
32
18-38
94
31-51
32
21-21
94
36-35
34
18-95
96
3184
34
21-87
96
3674
36
1950
98
3217
36
22-50
98
37-12
38
20-03
100
32-50
38
2312
100
37-49
40
20-55
102
.32-82
40
23-72
102
37-87
42
21-06
104
3314
42
24-.30
104
38-24
i 44
21-56
106
3346
44
24-87
106
38-60
46
22-04
108
33 77
46
25-43
108
38-97
48
2252
110
34 -08
48
25-98
110
39-33
50
22-98
112
3 ♦■39
50
26-52
112
39-68
52
23-44
114
34-70
52
2704
114
4003
54
23-88
116
35-00
54
2756
116
40-38
; 56
2432
118
35-30
56
28-06
118
40-73
58
24-75
120
35-6O
58
28-56
120
4107
60
25-17
122
35-89
60
29-05
122
4142
62
25-59
124
36-19
62
29-52
124
41 -75
64
26-00
126
36-48
64
30-00
126
42-08
66
26-40
128
36-77
66
30-46 .
128
4242
68
26-80
130
37-05
68
3092
130
42-75
70
27-19
1.82
37-34
70
31-37
132
43-O8
The above table is for American and Indian cottons, for Egyptian
and Sea Islands the multipliers for twist and weft are 3'606 and 3' 183
respectively.
For Table of Square Roots see page 229.
205
Useful Formulae.
Twist wheel required _ sg. root of counts x wheel on
(if a driving wheel) " ^^ ^^^^ ^f co^„,tg required
Twist wheel required ^^- ^^^^ o^ counts required x wheel on
(if a driven wheel) ^ sq. root of present cou~^
sq. root of required counts X wheel on
Builder ratchet required =^
sq. root of present counts
turns of spindle in a given time
inches delivered by front roller in same time
revs, of spindles
Turns per inch =
Turns per inch ^
Revs, of F.R.
Draft wheel
Draft
Counts
revs, of F.R. x cir. of F.R.
revs, of rim X 17 to 20 x 28 x 17 or 20
40 to 60 X 35 x 38
dia. of F.R. x B.R. wheel x crown wheel
dia. of B.R. x draft x F.R. wheel
counts X length of stretch
length delivered in inches x hank roving
draft X hank roving x length of stretch
Change pinion =^
Speed of spindles
length delivered in inches
counts being spun x present whee
counts wanted
revs, of rim x dia. of rim P. x dia. of tin roller
pulley on tin roller shaft x dia. of spl. wharve
To find Approximate Production of a Mule in
Hanks or Lbs. per Week.
No. of draws Length of No. of working 60
per minute stretch in inches hours per week minutes Hanks
= per
840 yards x 36 inches week
Hanks per week
= lbs. per week.
Counts
Note.— To obtain working hours allow about 6% to 7i% for time
required for cleaning, doffing, breakages, &c., depending on counts of
yarn, time taken in doffing, &c.
206
Production of Mules from the Draws per Minute.
(CALCULATED.)
Seconds
for 4
draws
Draws
per
minute
Hanks
in 10
hours
I Seconds
j for 4
II draws
Draws
per
minute
Hanks
in 10
hours
Seconds
for 4
draws
Draws
per
minute
Hanks
in 10
hours
41
585
7-42
61
39
4-99
81
2-96
376
42
5 7
7-26
62
3-87
4-91
82
2 93
371
1
43
56
7 08
1
63
3-81
4-84
83
2 89
3 67
44
5 45
6 93
64
372
476
84
2 86
3-63
45
53
677
1 65
3 69
469
85
2-82
3-58
46
52
6 62
66
364
4-62
86
2 79
354
47
5-1
648
Ij G7
1 j
358
455
87
2 76
3-5
48
5
6-34
il 68
t .
353
4-48
88
2-73
346
49
4-9
6 22
69
348
4-42
89
2-7
3 42
50
1
4-8
6-09
! 70
343
435
90
2 67
3-38
51
4-7
5-97
71
j
3-38
4-29
91
2 64
335
52
46
586
T2
3-33
4 23
92
261
3-31
53
i
4-5
5 -75
1 78
328
4-17
93
2-58
3 28
54
4-45
5-64
74
3-24
412
. 94
255
3-24
55
4-86
5 54
! 75
3-2
406
95
2 53
321
56
4-28
544
\ ''
3 16
410
96
2-5
3 18
57
42
5-84
77
3-12
396
97
2-47
3 14
58
414
5 25
78
308
3-91
98
2 45
311 ^
50 -1
407
516
79
3 04
386
99
2 42
3 08
60
4
508
80
3
3-82
1
100
24
305
Deduct 7^% for doftin'', waste and cleaning, up to 16 s varii , ,
-o/ ^ u ^ ' to get
3 b , , , , , , above , , » °
the approximate real production. Hanks -=- counts = lbs.
207
_^ » .^
a
>•-..
- "V
1 1-^ CHECU T. CRCCU II 1
'" ;
•; ' FRONT ROLLER r^ ' 2^^
oi ; '0 'O « FAULCRS. "
5. A MULE f
. ! R1M5HAFT PARALLEL TO <' 0
'r? HELAD&TOCKl. jjl <
, ]-9',
0
FROM 4 0
;o; rALLERS '
«' . »;* =
S [ 1 FRONT BOWUCR . 2° '
S;f SA MUUEl. fa
"V" RlMSHXFT PARAUUCU TO ''1*
;^. CRCCU. ;= ; CBCCU.
1 1
4^ - - ' 1
■S
HETHERlNqJON PATTERN .
FRONT ROLLER
FA1-UCR&
FAL.UERS
FRONT ROLLER . 1 5 i.
-^Ij{}ii>-
5 A MULE. . J, a
Z RIMSHAFT PARALLEL J||
^ • TO WEADSIOCK. o!5
S. A. MUUE .
RlMSWAFT PARALUEl.
TO carriac^e; .
CURTIS PATTERN.
0
,!'!°'
- V
i ^
:■! !i
'•
' <
i s
ROLLERS
1i
'"'• s A v/oolle:is»
-;? MULE.
o;< N* <2 HEADSTOCK .
-■ D
is
1-104
0
.FROMjlo',
TO 6-0'
°:
' "00
FALLCRS
roller*. '6.
-J S A WOOl-L-ENJ
o>- MULE.
O'.JL. NEW HEAO&TOCK
7
'J
^
\\
.;._..
1
DIMENSIONSOF MACHINES
208
Diameters of Top Rollers.
Front inch.
Second
Third
SELF-ACtING MULE SPECIFICATION.
How many Mules ? To stand in what length ?
Number of Spindles in each Mule ? For Twist or Weft ?
Speed of Spindles per minute ?
Ciauf4e of Spindles ? inch.
Lent^ih of Spindle out of Bolster? ins. Length of Spindle ?
Diameter of Wharve on Spindle ? inch.
Spindle Blade any particular sort ? If tinned.
If to a Pattern Spindle ? Is the floor tiled or boarded?
Description of Ileadstock — Ordinary ? or with rim at side.
Counts to be spun ? No. of Hank Roving ?
Dfameter of Tin Roller? (Usually Gin, for Twist or 5in. for Weft).
Diameters of the Fluted Rollers. ^ ^.
u -a
rront mch. Z S c
Second ,, -"c «
u °-^
Third ., ^ ^
O
If Top Rollers for front line to be E. Leigh's Patent Loose Boss ?
extia per Spindle, at
Top Rollers for three or two threads to a Boss ?
or one thread to a Boss ? at extra per Spindle ?
Draft, front to back ? Draft, middle to back ?
Distance between front and middle Rollers? inch,
middle and back Rollers? inch.
Top Rollers to be weighted by Lever or Dead Weights ?
If Lever Weights, fixed or movable ?
Weight on Top Rollers? to be lbs. If Dead Weights, state weight
of each? lbs.
Diameter of Top Clearers ? ins. Top Clearers to work over or
between the Saddles?
Curtain Scavengers for Carriages ? or Wood Roller Scavengers for
Wood or Steel Carriages ? Carriages? at per Spindle.
Shaft for soft ends, under the fluted Rollers ?
Shaft for hard ends, at front of Roller Beam ? at per Spindle.
Under Clearers with Springs or Weights?
Iron Rods and Tin Traverse Guides? or Steel Traverse Guides ?
Wood Creel ? or Iron Creel for Roving ? at per Spindle.
Upright or Gallery ? For two, three, or four heights of bobbins.
Indicators? at each.
Full Cop Stop Motion (for Weft Mules) ? at per Mule.
Size of Creel Bobbins? Boarding Bottom of Carriage ? at per Spindle.
Plate Footsteps? at per Spindle. Length of Stretch ? ins
Gain of Carriage ? ins. ■ If driven direct or by a Countershaft ?
Speed of Line Shaft ? revolutions per minute.
Diameter of Drum on Line Shaft ? ins.
Is the Driving Shaft parallel with the Carriage or Headstock ?
Direct Driving from Line Shaft ? at per Mule.
Bottom Driving Apparatus through the floor? at per Mule.
Top Driving Apparatus ? at per Mule.
Patent Regulator? at per Mule. Stretching Motion ? at per Mule.
Roller Motion whilst Winding? at per Mule. Back Shaft and Scrolls?
Squaring Band Pulleys and Tightening Apparatus? at per Mule.
Patent Nosing Motion? at per Mule. Zinc Drippers ? at per Mule.
Roller Motion whilst Twisting ? at per Mule.
Assistant Taking-in Scroll and Ratchet Drum ? at per Mule.
Note.— The Spare Pinions. &c., supplied without charge with each Self-Acting
Mule, are as follows : — 2 Twist Pinions, 4 Draft Pinions. 2 Builder
Pinions, and 6 Top Rollers.
Is a complete set of Change Wheels wanted for each Mule, or how many ?
Change Wheels wanted : —
Pinions, Nos. of Teeth to Twist, Nos. of Teeth to
Builder to
Are any spare articles to be sent in addition to the above ?
When must the Mules be delivered, and how ?
Remarks : —
Date Signed by
209
210
Self-Acting Twiners with Travelling Creel.
"YORKSHIRE" TWINER.
We have recently constructed an entirely new head-
stock for this machine so as to embody our past experience
better than could be done by modifying an existing machine.
It is built on substantially the same lines as our mule head-
stocks. The rim shaft can run at a high speed, and a very
large variation in the twist is obtainable. Large pulleys
are employed throughout, and all the working parts are
solid and substantial, as well as carefully made.
The headstock rests upon planed bedplates which
carry the radial arm, cop builder, and other bearings, corn-
bining the whole in a very rigid manner.
The position of the drawing-out scroll has been
altered so as to bring the band into a perfectly horizontal
position in place of the usual inclined one.
An improved tightening motion has been introduced
for quickly getting the proper tension of the taking-in bands.
The tin roller pulley and the winding and backing-off
ratchets are made in two halves.
The creels are made in various forms for doubling
from cops or ring frame bobbins ; we also make one to take
the bobbins from winding frames, where two or three ends
are wound together. Any kind of water trough can be
applied, with proper arrangements for regulating the drag,
and a suitable locking motion for the thread is also provided
when necessary.
The faller stands are made with antifriction bowls
for the shafts to run on.
Stretch. — The mules for cotton can be made with
60in., 62in., 64in., or 66in. stretch. Those for woollen and
waste are usually made for 72in. stretch.
Gauges. — We have patterns for the following gauges,
in addition to the ordinary gauges advancing by eights : —
1 1^6 in., liVin., lyVin., lyein.
Gearing. — The space occupied by the gearing is 4ft.
9iin. less twice the gauge.
Banding for ''Yorkshire" Twiner.
Taking-in scroll band ... ... -^in. dia., 15ft. Gin. long.
Long drawing-out band ... ... |in. ,, 17ft. ,,
211
... fin.
dia., 15ft.
long.
... T%in.
„ 15ft.
6in. ,,
... T^in.
„ 56ft.
... iVn.
., 46ft.
... TT^in.
„ 15ft.
... Yfiin.
„ 9ft.
... iVin.
„ lift.
)PS. — " Yorkshire "
Twiners,
Short ,, ,,
Check band
Rim band
Taking-in bands...
Band for the governor motion
Squaring bands : — 3 required
3
Nett weight of twine
72in. stretch : — -
Headstock, square and off ends
Remainder of the machine, l|in. gauge, 9olbs. per spindle.
Top driving not included in above weights.
To obtain approximate gross weight, add 26 per cent.
Pulleys, usually 16in. dia. X 5in. wide with a speed
from 850 to 1,000 revs, per min., according to the class of
yarn being produced.
Power. — 120 to 160 spindles per 1 i.h.p.
3,8881bs.
SELF-ACTING ''FRENCH" TWINER.
We make twiners on the French principle, i.e., similar
to mules with a stationary creel for 2 or more cops or
bobbins per spindle, and ha\e adapted for same our " Curtis "
H-pattern headstock with spring and lever or cam
change motion, fitted with our latest improvements, includ-
ing patent backing-off motion, positive twist motion
driven from the tin roller shaft, etc. The troughs are
usually of wood, and may be zinc lined if desired. We also
make zinc troughs to rest on a cast-iron beam as used for
the mule roller stands. The drag is put on the yarn by
means of lead bobbins or porcelain blocks (various other
arrangements for regulating the drag may be applied), and
we provide a brass locking motion when desired. For other
details re construction and the various motions and guards
see description of mules.
■ Pulleys. — 16in- to 18in. dia. X 5in. wide. Speed. —
900 to 1,000 revs, per min., and the gearing occupies
4ft. 4iin. Power.— Similar to the S.A. Mule.
212
SELF-ACTING TWINER SPECIFICATION.
No. of Twiners ? No. of Spindles in each ? Distance of Spindles ?
Revolutions of Main Shaft per minute? Diameter of Drums on do. ?
Diameter of Fast and Loose Pulleys on Countershaft ?
Diameter of Drum on do. ?
Length of Countershaft ? feet inches.
Driven from above or underneath Headstock ?
Length of Draw or Stretch ? inches.
Length of Spindles i^ Diameter of Wharve?
Length of Spindle to stand out of Bolster ? Speed of Spindles ?
Twist per inch ?
Zinc or Brass Guides ?
Covering-in Boards over Tin Rollers to be hinged or in one piece ?
Width of List Boards ? Are Plummet Weights required ?
Nos. to be doubled ? From what counts is the Twiner to be started ?
Creels ? Length of Skewer ?
With or without Water Trough ?
Price per Spindle ? Terms of Payment ?
If Driving Apparatus extra ?
If Water Troughs extra ?
If Patent Tightening Apparatus for Rope Taking-in extra
If Brass Guides instead of Zinc extra ?
If to be fixed on stone floor ^
Plate Bolster ^ Wood or vSteel Carriages ?
Hardcastle's Patent Continuous Creel ?
When must the Machines be delivered, and how?
Remarks : —
Date Signed by
213
214
Ring Spinning Frame.
This machine has just been thoroughly overhauled
and brought up to date in every possible way, and we have
the utmost confidence in stating that it cannot be surpassed
by anything else on the market, both in respect of its finish,
solidity, and durability, and in the quality and quantity of
its production. Special attention has been paid to facility
in making the necessary changes of wheels, etc., in providing
a strong foundation for gearing, and to the self-adjustment
and automatic lubrication of all high-speed bearings.
Replacement of broken or worn parts. — To
facilitate the ordering of these each part is provided with a
letter or number, to facilitate ordering change pieces or
parts broken in transit.
Gearing ends. — These are specially designed to allow
the necessary changes to be made easily, and no material
or workmanship is spared to make a strong and perfect
foundation for the driving.
Wheels are machine-moulded and the teeth machine-
cleaned, with the exception of the draft wheels, which are
machine-cut ; but if desired cut wheels can be used throuhgout.
Pedestals are self-adjusting and self-lubricating, and
rests on broad planed ledges, every convenience being pro-
vided for oiling, and all such oil holes as cannot be readily
got at are furnished with tubes having the orifice placed in
a convenient and conspicuous position.
The tin rollers are strong and well made in short
lengths, coupled by stout cast-iron shafts which run in Mohler
self-adjusting and self-lubricating bearings, this arrangement
of a cast-iron shaft running in a cast-iron flexible bearing
being the most satisfactory for the purpose.
Double tin rollers are generally employed in the
spinning frames, and they are, when ordered, connected by
rope driving, with a tension screw arrangement at the
off-end. This ensures the same speed in both tin rollers and
a considerable saving in the spindle banding.
Panels enclose the gearing and off-ends of the frame
and form a guard against accident. All joints and fitting
surfaces are planed or milled.
215
The girder op spindle rails are of a deep and strong
section, and machined all over. The top flange forms a true
surface for carrying the spindle, and the lower flange carries
the rocking shaft brackets for the lifter motion. The back
surface of the rail is bolted and pinned to the spring piece,
thus making the whole frame very rigid and allows of a high
speed being attained.
Ring rails are made broad and strong with an excep-
tionally deep flange, are milled on the top and front and left
squarley into the poker top, where they are also joined,
thus avoiding all possibility of accidental displacement.
Lifting motion. — The lifting of the ring rail can be
worked by means of chains and bowls; but our usual practice
is by L levers, well balanced, connected with the builder motion
lever by a cham, which cannot lock as it is always under the
necessary tension. The lower arm of the lever carries a bowl,
on w^hich rides the poker foot supporting the ring rail. The
upright arm of these levers are connected with the levers
running the full length of the frame by means of stout
adjustable rods. After doffing, the heart lever can be rapidly
raised and lowered to take up the slack yarn by application
of the foot to a pedal, whilst putting the strap on a fast pulley.
The rocking lever employed for lifting the pokers is
made in halves, and so arranged that the level of the ring plates
can easily be adjusted. The lifting pokers are carried in
long cast-iron tubes to prevent binding at the top or bottom
of the lift.
Building or copping motion. — We can supply the
straight lift with shortening motion or the ordinary cop
building motion which is usual for twist or weft yarns.
The front roller runs in broad stands to reduce wear
on the necks, and is placed higher than usual and more to
the front, so as to facilitate piecing and cleaning.
The roller stands are of our improved pattern, the
bearings for the front roller are bushed with brass and the
slides are milled all over to standard sizes. The front bear-
ing is a separate piece so that in case of accident it can
be easily replaced without in any way disturbing the stand.
The stands are made with an incline at various angles,
25° for twist and 35° for weft being the usual ones. We
also supply if desired a 30° -low stand.
The cap bar fingers are made separate and carried
on turned bars supported from the stand, the bearings for
216
the top rollers are all nnlled, and the front roller nib is
separate, thus affording easy adjustment. With all parts
being standard sizes, all are interchangeable.
Weighting of the top rollers may be either all three
lines weighted by lever and saddle, or the front line only
weighted by dead weights and the other two self- weighted,
the latter arrangement being specially suitable on the
inclined stands with our specially-made cap bars.
The traverse motion on the spinning frames is
arranged to reverse quickly at each end, and thus prevent
dwell, which is always a great evil.
All our rings are punched from the solid steel bar,
turned by specially designed machinery and highly polished
after being thoroughly case-hardened. All are carefully
examined before, leaving our works for smoothness, con-
centricity and perfect hardening.
Our standard ring is made with one flange, but we
also make the double-flanged reversible ring with split
cast-iron or sheet-iron holders.
Changeable rim pulley driving. — When a frame is
required to spin a range of counts from low to medium, or
where only a slow-running line shaft is used for driving the
217
Ring Frame Spindles.
(1) For weft with solid bottom, also made with
multiple screw oil cup.
(2) For twist with multiple screw -oil cap, also made
with solid bottom instead of oil cup.
(3) For paper tubes with wood plug on spindle
blade.
Note. — Much trouble is frequently caused by the use
of unsuitable oils and imperfect bobbins, and also by
neglecting to keep spindles reasonably clean.
218
frame, we sometimes employ a changeable rim pulley with
tightening apparatus at the headstock. This device consists
of a shaft with the usual pair of fast and loose driving pulleys,
carried from the frame ends, with a plate on the boss of the
fast pulley to carry the rim or rope pulley. From this rope
pulley the rope passes over suitable guide i)ulleys on to the
tin roller shaft, thus giving motion to the frame, the speed
of which is readily changed by changing the rim pulley.
Doffing motion. — By means of this arrangement half
a turn of a conveniently-placed handle enables the ring plates
to be lowered by the attendant sufficiently to wind a few coils
of yarn below the bobbin. These are left on the spindle
when the bobbin is withdrawn, and the new bobbin secures
the thread ready for re-starting.
Lappets or thread boards have their proper working
position determined by an adjustable stop, so that the
distance from the thread wire to the top of the bobbin can
be regulated by a single screw to suit various counts of
yarn ; and for doffing they are lifted by a lever con-
veniently placed at the gearing end of the machine.
Metal lappets or thread guide plates can be
supplied if desired. These are fixed on angle irons, hinged
to the roller beams, to each of the angle irons we supply 2in.
adjusting screws for regulating the angle of the lappet.
Improved '' Phoenix " type spindles.— After count-
less experiments and tests with many types of flexible
spindles, we have now^ succeeded in so improving our well-
known Phoenix " Spindle and adapting it to the longer lifts
and higher speeds at present in vogue that we have decided
to retain it as our standard. It is made either for twist or
weft, with or without detachable oil cup of the multiple
screw variety. Each spindle is carefully set, balanced and
tested, at a greater speed than under the usual working
conditions, before leaving the works.
The spindles are made with or without bobbin cup, and,
if required, with a wooden plug the whole length of the blade
for use with paper tubes. The oiling of ttie spindle is
perfect, the foot being always immersed in oil with suitable
provision for circulation of same, and when the spindle is
provided with an oil cup the removal of the dirty oil pre-
paratory to re-oiling is greatly simplified.
We illustrate on page 218 in section three of the
principal spindles which we recommend.
219
The holding-down catch for the spindles is so
designed and balanced that no matter how it is moved aside
it returns to its original position, and ensures the spindle
always being in its bearing.
Separators. — We usually supply the " Blinker" type
carried on the ring rail and so arranged that they can easily
be turned back for piecing-up or for doffing.
These separators
are attached to short
angle iron bars ; having
fixed to each end a pivot
and cast with it another
projecting lug. The
pivot rests in a small
bracket secured to the
ring rail with the pro-
jecting lug on theoutside.
When the cop is building
the separator is upright
(see fig. 1), and the lug
is then at the top part of
the small bracket to
prevent the separator
Fig. 1.
falling forward. When
the cop is finished the
separators are pushed
back by hand (see fig. 2),
this brings the lug in
contact with the bracket
at a lower point and thus
prevents it from falling
too far back ; when by
the slighest touch with
the fingers replaces it
again in workingposition.
Advantages of
the separators. — The
Fig 2.
220
diameter of the ring can be increased by iin. representing
16 per cent, less doffings, the spindle speed can be increased
at least 5 per cent, for the higher counts, and up to 10 per
cent, for the lower, counts, making a total worthy of con-
sideration. A lighter traveller can be used, and the spinning
of soft yarn is facilitated, the quality improved, the yarn
being smooth and more elastic.
In the present apparatus we have endeavoured to remove
all defects and have no hesitation in stating that it is
undoubtedly the most satisfactory for the purpose yet intro-
duced. It is simplicity itself and cannot possibly get out of
order, and it does not in any way interfere with the work of
the piecers and doffers.
We also supply, when specially ordered, separators or
fingers attached to angle iron placed midway in the lift and
so arranged that when the ring rail reaches a certain height
the whole arrangement falls automatically out of action.
After doffing it is replaced by hand.
Other ballooning arrangements. — We can if de-
sired supply the well-known "Shepherd & Midgley's"
Motion,or the half-circle steel plate, which automatically
falls out of action at any given portion of the lift.
Rollers. — We supply loose boss top rollers to front
line if required. Bottom rollers case-hardened all over, or
in the necks and squares only if desired.
Creels can be made in any of the usual forms for double
or single rovings. The supports for the skewers carrying
the roving bobbins are made of strong angle iron, lined with
wood. These are carried by strong upright rods supporting
the usual top board for holding the roving bobbins not in use.
For double roving we sometimes use a special cast-iron flat
creel. By employing this creel two rows of roving bobbins
can be used, and the necessity of high creels is dispensed with.
Fig. 1 shows a " Birkenhead " creel for double roving,
fig. 2 "Birkenhead" creel for single roving; this gives a
lower creel than the ordinary vertical type, fig. 3. Fig. 4
is a vertical creel for double roving.
Strap fork for starting and stopping the frame is so
arranged that the machine can be set in motion or stopped
from either side.
The machine can be arranged for either rope or belt
driving. When rope driving is adopted we use specially-
designed fast and loose rope pulleys, the fast pulley having
221
Fig. 3.
222
Fig. 4.
two grooves, one of which is shallow and allows the frame
to start gradually.
In very long frames the driving pulleys may be placed
in the middle of the frame, and in this case the front rollers
are usually made to run through from end to end. This
arrangement is quite convenient in all respects where the
frames must be very long to fill up the room.
Waste ring spinning frames. — We make ring
frames for spinning waste,
arranged with surface drums to
receive the condenser bobbins,
or with creels to take cheeses
directfromtheCardingEngine.
The Illustration shows an up-
right creel to take the small
cheeses of bobbins which are
usually carried on small tin
tubes with a large head.
Length of ring frames.
To find the number of spindles
that will stand in a given
length, deduct the space for
the gearing as given below,
and divide the remainder by
the gauge. The result multi-
plied by two will be the number
of spindles. The number of
spindles in spinning frames
must be divisible by four.
To find the length of a
ring frame of a given number
of spindles multiply half the
number of spindles by the
gauge and add : — Frames with
ordinary driving, 2ft. 7in.
Frame rollers driven in the
middle, 3ft. 5|in. Frames. driven at both ends, 4ft. 2in.
Spinning Frame Gauges, etc.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
Gauge
n
^i
'^1
n
'2^'k
3
Diameter of Kino; :
llorli
H
1^
H
U
2
Diam of Spindle Wharve...
i
i
^
7
S
I
1
223
When Separators or anti-ballooning plates are employed
the gauges may be iin. less, whilst the ring remains the
same diameter.
Lift, usually 4in, to 6in. for weft, and 5in., 5oin., 6in.
and 7in. for twist, and coarse counts up to Sin.
Width of frames. — We have patterns for frames
2ft. 9in. and 3ft. wide. The usual width is 3ft.
Hand of frame. — To determine the hand of the
frame stand facing the gearing end and state which hand the
driving pulleys must be placed.
Horse power.— Medium counts 90 spindles to i.h.p.
Driving pulleys, — lOin. to ISin. dia. for 3iin. or 4in.
belt. The height of driving shaft from floor is 1ft. 6in. for
5in. lift, and 1ft. 52in. for 6in. lift, and the dia. is l^in.
Speeds.— 5,500 to 7,500 revs, of spls. for lO's to 15's
7,500 to 9,000 „ „ 15's to 20's
9,000 to 9,500 „ „ 24's upwards
Strapping, etc. — 3iin. is the usual width for main
driving belt, but we sometimes use a 4in. for long frames.
If the frame is supplied with a tin roller rope drive, 10ft. of
iin. dia. rope will be required. Spindle band. — 70in.
long per spindle.
Weights. — Gearing 1,300 lbs., to which must be added
the remainder of franTe per spindle, as follows : —
2fin. gauge, 17 lbs. •. Roller and balance
2|in. gauge, 17'2 lbs. ' weight, 577 lbs.
For gross weight add 32 per cent.
Description of Gearing, etc.
A Tin roller
B CoHipound tin roller W., 25Tand40T
Wheel on twist wheel I.
stud gearing with B i
60Tor75T
D Twist wheel 20t to 60t
E Draught wheel 30t to 60t
F Front roller pinion 20t
G Crown W. on draught W. stud lOOx
H Back roller wheel... 54t or can change
J ,, driving middle roller ... 30t
K ,, to middle roller carrier... 50t
L Middle roller wheel 23t
M Front roller end wheel 70t
N Large carrier or lifter driving W135t
N'
Carrier to F.R 70t
O
Lifter wheel 35t
P
Q
Compound spur and bevel lifter
wheel, spur 50t, bevel 17t
R
Lifter bevel 40t
S
18t
T
, 120T
U
Spindle wharve
V
Ring
w
Front roller
X
Middle roller
Y
Back roller
z
Driving pulleys
224
';?•
Calculations.
Production in j ^^^'^- °f ^P^^- P^^ "^^"- ^ ^^ "^'"^•
Hanks per hour 1
Turns per inch x 840 3'ds.
= hanks.
Lbs. per hour
Hanks per hour
Counts
lbs per hour.
. The table on pages 230 and 231 gives the theoretical
production of ring frames in 10 hours' continuous working.
The corresponding loss of time for doffing, cleaning, etc.,
must be deducted.
Spindle speed.— In calculating the speed of spindles,
add the thickness of the spindle band to the diameters of
the tin roller and spindle wharves, the result will be very
approximately the actual speed of the spindles.
Soeed of 1 Speed of line shaft x drum x dia. of tin roller -•- band
Spindles j Pulley on the frame x dia. of wharve -;- band
Draft constant. — Our usual arrangement is shown
on the plan of gearmg, namely, 20 on front roller, driving
100 on change wheel stud, and 54 on the back roller. If
/ = diameter of front roller, and 6 — that of back roller, and
.r==the change wheel, then
54 X 100 X / 270 X /
X X 20 X b X X b
Draft
270 draft constant.
270 is therefore the draft constant if the front and back
rollers are the same diameter, and the following table gives
the constants for other combinations of rollers : —
Dia. front roller
, , back
Constant with 54
back roller wheel
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
In.
if
if
if
if
i
1
i
^
^
1
1^
H
u
if
i
^
1
§
^
1
^
1
1
1
1
n
270
•261
234
219
270
252
236
270
253
270
287
304
270
Divide the constants by draft required to get necessary
change wheel,
constant
Also
draft that wheel gives.
change wheel on
Twist constants. — On the tin roller shaft is a com-
pound driving wheel with 25 and 40 teeth, which gear
226
respectively with 75 and 60 on the twist wheel stud. Either
of these pairs may be used as desired.
Front roller Twist carrier Dia. of tin
wheel. wheel. roller in ^th ;- band.
81 1
70
75
= 676"8 constant
.V 25 8 3 1416
Twist Driving Dia. of Circumference
wheel. wheel. wharve in Jth of lin. F. roller.
-;- band.
Constant divided by turns per inch = twist wheel.
twist wheel = turns per inch.
The following table gives constants for both com-
binations with finch, Jinch, and 1 inch spindle wharves and
various diameters of rollers : —
Diameter
Spindle
Wharve
of
Compound
Combination
Wheel
Diameter of
Front Rollers
filn.
iin. if in.
lin.
l^in.
ijin. ;
f inch
25/75
40/60
953
4765
884
442
826
413
774
387
728
364
688 '
344
i inch
25/75
40/60
834
417
775
3875
723
3615
676-8
339
638
319
602
301
1 inch
25/75
40/60
741
370-5
688
344
642
321'
602
301
566
283
535
267 -5
Turns per
inch for
Twist whec
constant
twist wheel
ring twist = ^/ counts X 4. | gq^^re root table
ring weft = ^ counts x 3'5. J on page 229.
constant
Twist
per inch
Twist
constant
turns per inch required.
= turns per inch given by that wheel.
on
Dia. of tin roller plus band x C x M.
D X B X Cir of F R x dia. of wharve plus band.
D — Twist change wheel.
Dia. of tin roller plus band x C x M.
B X Cir of F R X dia. of wharve plus band.
To find the draft. — Counts -=- hank roving = draft.
To find the hank roving. — Counts -f- draft = hank roving.
To find the counts. — Length of yarn -^ weight in grains = counts, or
8333 -r- the grains per yard.
Revs, of Z X B X D.
Revolutions of front roller
C X M.
227
Travellers.
Below we give an approximate list of travellers for
various counts of yarn. It will be understood that it is
impossible to fix these definitely as the conditions vary
considerably, and the list herewith is only given as a guide : —
Counts of
Diameter of
Traveller
Counts of
Diameter of
Traveller i
Yarn
Ring
No.
Yarn
Ring
No. 1
In.
In.
!
6
2
8
30
IS
5/0 '
8
2
• 7
32
n
6/0
10
2
6 1
34
Ig
7/0 :
12
11
5
36
If
8/0
14
n
4
38
u
9/0
IG
If
3
40
u
10/0
18
If
2
1 '^-^
il
11/0
20
i§
1
45
u
12/0
22
u
1/0
! 50
u
13/0
24
If
2/0
55
ij-ii
14/0
26
11
3/0
60
1^—18
15/0
28
11
4/0
70
li-iS
16/0
The above list is given for American cotton. Indian
cotton requires 4 to 5 sizes lighter, and Egyptian and Sea
Islands cotton 4 to 5 sizes heavier.
228
Square Roots.
t
1 NO.
1 '^
1
j No.
\/
No.
1 ,
No.
V~
! t
1
51
7141
101
10049
151
12-288
t 2
liU
52
7-211
102
10099
152
12*328
1 3
r732
53
7-280
103
10-148 I
153
12*369
! 4
20
; 54
7348
104
10198
154
12 409
' 5
2-236
55
7*416
105
10-246
155
12*449
1 ^
2449
, 56
7-483
106
10-295
156
12490
7
2645
57
7*549
! 107
10-344 '
157
12529
8
2*828
58
7615
108
10-392
158
12*569
9
30
59
7*681
109
10-440 1
159
12*609
10
3-162
'60
7745
no
10*468 i
160
12649
\ 11
3316
61
7*810
111
10.535 !
161
12*688
12
3464
62
7.874
112
10*583
162
12*727
: 13
3605
: 63
7*937
113
10630
163
12*767
1 i-t
3"741
64
8*0
114
10 677
164
12*806
15
3-872
65
8-062
115
10*723 '
165
12*845
! 16
40
66
8*124
116
10770
166
12-884
17
4123
67
8*185
117
10-816 ,
167
12-922
' 18
4*242
68
8246
118
10-862 1
168
12*961
IQ
4358
69
8306
119
10908
169
130
i 20
4-472
70
8*366
120
10-954
170
13038
21
4-582
71
8*426
121
110
171
13076
1 22
4 690
72
8*4a5
122
11-045
172
13114
23
4-795
73
8*544
123
11090
173
13152
24
4-898
74
8602
124
11135
174
13190
25
50
75
8*660
125
11180
175
13*228
26
5-099
76
8-717
126
11224
176
13*266
27
5 196
77
8774
127
11-269 ,
177
13*304
28
5-291
78
8-831
128
11313
178
13*341
29
5-385
79
8-888
129
11-357
179
13-379
30
5-477 i
80
8-944
130
11401
180
13*416
31
5567
81
9*0
131
11*445
181
13-453
32
5-656 1
82
9*055
132
11-489
182
13*490
33
5-744
83
9110
133
11-532
183
13 527
34
5-830 1
8t
9*165
134
11*575
184
13-564
35
5-9I6
85
9*219
1.35
11*618
1&5
13-601
36
60
86
9*273
136
•11*661
186
13638
37
6-082
87
9*327
137
11704
187
13-674
3S
6164
88
9*380
138
11-747
188
13-711
39
6-245
89
9-433
139
11-789
189
13-747
40
6324
90
9-486
140
11-832
190
13-784
41
6-403
91
9-539
141
11-874
191
13 820
42
6-48 1
92
9591
142
11916
192
13*856
43
6-557 !
93
9*643
143
11-958
193
13*892
44
6-633 !
94
9695
144
120
194
13*928
45
6 708
95
9*746
145
12041
195
13*964
46
6782
' 96
9*797
146
12083
196
14*0
47
6-855
97
9*848
147
12124
197
14*0.35
48
6-928 '
98
9*899
148
12 165
198
14 071
49
7-0
99
9-949
149
12206
199
1 14106
50
7071 1
100
100
150
12-247
200
j 14*142
RING SPINNING
Calculated Production for 10 Actual
TWIST
(turns = \
'counts X 4)
o
O
1
C 0) 4)
^T3 a
Revs, of
Spindles
per Min.
Hanksper
Spl. per
10 Hours.
Hi
0
Is
5
In.
2
3
894
i|
203*5
559*29
5,000
11*09
2*21
4*23
2
3
244*2
671*14
6.000
13*31
266
7
2
3
1058
1
189*16
519*83
5,500
10*31
1*472
5*92 1
2
3
206*37
567*107
6,000
11*252
1*607
2
3
223*5
614*36
6,500
12*18
1*74
10
13
12'64
172*74
474-7
6.000
9*418
*9418
8*47
1
194*32
534 01
6.750
io;59
1*059
li
25
1
215-92
593*35
7,500
11*77
1*177
12
ji
2a
13*85
■2
157*64
433*21
6,000
8*595
•716
10-16
21
s
183 9
505*41
7,000
10 02
*835
22
]_
183*7
.577*61
8,000
11-46
*955
14
il
2|
1496
I
145*95
40107
6,000
7-9.57
*.568
11^86
:
1
148*8
467*91
7,000
9*283
•663
2I
1 1
170*1
.5.34*75
8.000
10*61
■758
16
i;
2S
16
J 29*26
406*25
6.500
806
*603
13*55
2 i
149 1
468*75
7,.500
93
•.581
1
2^
1
169
531*25
8.500
10*54
•658
18
i
16-96
121*8
383*25
6,500
7604
•422
15*25
2
]_
140*7
442*21
7,500
8*77
*487
Is
2|
1
1.59*4
501*18
8,.500
9944
•.552
20
ll
17'88
1 !
124*5
391*49
7,000
7*765
'388
16*94
li
■1 1
142*35
447*42
8,000
8*877
•443
U
2!-
1 j
160*15
503*35
9.000
9*985
•499
22
iS
2g
1876
118-72
373*13
7.000
7*403
•336
18*63
li
25-
1.35*6
426*43
8,000
8*46
•384
1%
25
1
152*64
479-74
9.000
9*518
*432
24.
iS
25
19*59
^ 1
113*69
357-32
7,000
7*09
•295
20*33
12-
25-
1 i
129 92
408 37
8,000
8*102
•337
1§
25
1 i
1
146*16
459*41
9,000
9*115
•379
WEFT
(turns = V
counts
X 3-5).
5
7*826
7
232*49
638*89
5.000
1267
2.53
4-23
6
3?
2
278*9
766*67
6.000
15*2
3*04
7
rt
9*2.57
216*2
59414
5..500
11*788
1*68
5^92
S
235*86
648*15
6.000
12*86
1837
hW
2.55*5
702 17
6,.500
13*931
1*99
10
oq
11*06
189*18
519 89
5.750
10 31
1*03
8-47
II
213 86
587*7
6.500
11*66
116
t/i
■ZC
238*.52
655*5
7,250
13*0
13
12
2
1212
173
474*42
5.7.50
9-41
*78
W16
-s
'Oi
202*6
556 93
6,7.50
11*05
*92
0
II
203*.52
639*43
7.750
12*68
1*05
14
1309
159*84
4.39-26
5.7.50
8*715
*622
11 ^86
0
%
164*13
515*66
6,750
1013
*73
0
3
188*45
592*05
7.750
11*74
•8.38
16
h
14
136*36
428*57
6,000
8*503
•53
1.3-55
I
u
159*15
500
7,000
9*92
•62
■5;
a
181*88
571*42
8,000
11 -.337
*708
18
a
(2
14*84
128*69
404*.31
6,000
. 8*022
*445
1525
"£
150*14
471*7
7,000
9-3.59
*519
^
G
171*59
53908
8,000
10*69
•593
20
^
'3j
3
15*65
1.32*25
415*33
6,500
8*24.
•412
16 ^94
•CC
152*.54
479.23
7.500
9*.508
•475
i
172*88
543 13
8*500
10*776
■538
22
J-
16*41
126*08
.396 1
6.500
7*859
*3.57
18^63
^'X
IB
145*46
457
7,500
9^067
*412
0
164*87
517*97
8,. 500
W27
*466
24
s
1714
120 7
379*22
6,.500
7*524
•313
20 33
^
^
13928
4.37*57
7.500
8*681
•361
^
1.57*84
495*9
8.500
9 839
•409
230
Working Hours of Frame.
TWIST.
!
o
ii
0)
3
O
5^
Inches
delivered
per Min.
Revs, of
Spindle
per Min.
i&3
Lbs. per
Spl. per
10 Hours.
French
Nos.
In.
In.
26
1*
25
20"39 1
117
367-82
7,. 500
7-289
•28
22-02
1§
25
132-7
416-87
8.500
8271
"318
15
25
148-3
465-91
9.. 500
9-244
•3.554
28
15
25
•21- 16 1
112-7
354-44
7,500
7-032
-251
23-72
IS
25
127-6
401-7
8.. 500
7-97
•284
15
25
1
142-9
448-96
9..500
8-9
-317
30
il
25
21-9 1
116-2
365-3
8.000
7 '248
•2416
25-41
15
25
130-8
410-9
9.000
8-15
•271
l§
2h
14.')-2
4.56-62
10.000
906
-.302
32
1r
21
2262 1
112-5
353-67
8.000
7-017
-219
27-10
1h
2i
126-6
397-87
9,000
7-894
-246
ji
2^
150-6
442-08
10,000
8-771
-274
36
1r
25
24 1
106-1
333-33
8,('00
6 61
-183
30-49
1-
25
1
119-3
375
9,000
7-44
•206
Ih
2^
1
132-5
416-66
10,000
8-26
•229
40
Ih
2.5"29 1
100-6
316-33
8,000
6276
-1569
33-88
1^
2I
1
113-2
355-87
9.000
7-O6
•1764
1^
i
125-9
395-4
10,000
7-845
•1961
44
li
26-.53 j 1
89-96
282-7
7,.500
5- 609
-127
37-27
2*
102
320-39
8,.500
6-3.59
•144
i§
2*
1 1^
107-31
358-08
9,.500
7-104
-1615
Ih
24
Ir'fi
1129
377
10.000
7-48
•17
48
l|
2*
27-71 1
86-1
270-66
7,500
5-37
•1118
40-66
if
2^
97-.59
396-74
8,500
6-086
•1268
2*
Ih
102-7
342-83
9..500
6-802
•1416
l|
24
U\
108-1
360-89
10,000
7-I6
-1491
50
li
24
28-28 1
78-7
247-.52
7,000
4-911
•098
42-35
l|
2h
! 1^
84*7
282-8«
8,(X)0
5-612
•1122
li
2h
i lr\
95-3
318-24
9,000
6-314
•1262
I5
2*
i 1t\
105-9
.353-6
10,(X¥)
7-OI6
•1403
WEFT.
:
1784
1204
.378.36
6.750
7-507
-288
22-02
6
1.^-2
4.34-41
7,7.50
8-619
•331
3?
156-1
490-47
8,750
9731
-374
28
18-51
116
364-66
6,7.50
7-235
-258
23-72
1332
418-^9
7,750
8-307
-296
CN
150-4
472-71
8,7.50
9*379
•334
30
II
0
19- 15
120-4
378-59
7,250
7.511
*25
25-41
c/1
3
137
430-8
8,2.50
8-547
•285
.s
-J.
153-7
483 '02
9,250
9-583
-317
32
^
^
19-79
II6-5
366.34
7,250
7-268
-227
27-10
0
II
1.326
416-87
8.2.50
8*271
•2.58
148-7
467-4
9,2.50
9-273
-289
36
■^
<U
21
109-8
345-23
7,2.50
6-85
•19
30-49
1
^
125
392-85
8.250
7-794
-216
H
140*2
440-47
9,2.50
8-739
-242
40
tc
22-13
104-2
327-6
7.250
6-5
-162
33-88
.2
S)
a
1186
372 79
8,2.50
7-396
•1849
3
1.33
417-98
9,250
8-293
*2073
44
c
"3*
23-21
92-57
290-82
6.750
5-77
*131
37*27
Xi
a
1
106
333-9
7,750
6-624
15
?
-3
3
C
lA
112-9
377
8,7.50
7-48
*17
5
ix^
II8-7
396-38
9 200
7-864
*178
48
2424
1
88-6
278-46
6,7.50
5-525
•115
40-66
101-7
319-72
7,750
6^343
•1.32
^
\t\
108-1
360-97
8,750
7-162
-149
1-
c
It^t
113^5
379-53
9,200
7-538
-1.57
.50
0
5
24-74
83-6
262-73
6,-500
5-212
104
42-35
5r
;
IjL
90-8
303-15
7,.500
6-014
•120
Irs
102-9
343-57
8..500
6'817
*136
llR
111-4
.371-86
9,200
7-378
*1475
231
RING SPINNING FRAME QUERIES.
To be Answered when Ordering Machines.
How many frames ?
Facing gearinj^ end. must Pulley be on right or left hand ?
Length overall ? (Gearing occupies 2ft. 7in.)
Width of frame? (usually 3ft.) «
Number of spindles ?
Gauge or distance between spindles ?
Length of lift?
Inside diameter of ring ?
Improved " Phoenix " spindle to run twist or weft way ?
Diameter of spindle wharve ? For bobbins or paper tubes ?
Spindles to have solid bottom or detachable oil cup ?
Speed of spindles ?
Diameter of tin rollers (usually lOin.) Single or double tin rollers ?
Counts to be spun ? Class of cotton used ?
Hank roving to be used ? Single or double ?
Direction in which roving comes off creel bobbin ?
How many revs, of spindle to one of front roller? Or turns per inch ?
Creel one height ? Or two heights ? (See illustrations.)
Separators ?
Diameters of top rollers: Front Second Third
Diameters of bottom rollers: Front Second Third
Draft from front to second Second to third Total.
Shortest distance front to second To open to •
Front line bottom rollers case-hardened ?
Necks and squares of second and third lines case-hardened ?
Or necks and squares only of all three lines case-hardened ?
Loose boss front top rollers? Ordinary or self-lubricating ?
Front rollers dead-weighted ? Second and third lines self-weighted •■
Or all three lines weighted by saddles, levers, and weights ?
Angle or incline of roller stands ?
Total length of skewer ?
Length and diameter of roving bobbin ?
Rope driving and tightening pulleys for tin rollers ? ,
Speed of line shaft ? Height from floor ?
Diameter of drum on line shaft ?
Diameter of pulley on frame ?
Driven from above or below ?
Are guide pulleys to be supplied ? If by half-crossed strap give sketch.
Is hank indicator to be supplied ?
Are top rollers to be covered ?
Are clearers to be covered ?
Additional change wheels, &c., supplied free of charge :—
4 draft wheels. 2 twist wheels, and 6 top rollers per frame.
If more required, particulars of same to be given.
EXTRAS : —
Loose boss rollers ? Wood plugs or sleeves for paper tubes \
Lubricating arrangement for do. ? Creel for double roving ?
Case-hardened rollers or necks and Birkenhead type of creel ?
squares ? Rope driving and tightening pulleys ?
Heth s patent separators ? Hank indicators ?
Full cop stop motion for weft frames ? Guide pulleys ?
Detachable oil cup to spindle ? Coverim^ rollers and clearers?
Above Snin. lift?
Patent metal thread lappets ?
232
GENERAL VIEW OF WET DOUBLER.
133
Doubling Frames.
Doubling frames are usually made on the ring
principle, but if desired we still make the flyer doubler.
The accompanying illustrations show elevations of the
machine and gearing, with sections through the roller beam
for the different systems of doubling, etc.
The machine has been carefully overhauled, and many
improvements are embodied in it.
All parts are made on the interchangeable principle as
in the ring spinning frame, and each part is provided with
a letter or numeral so that in case of breakdown the necessary
renewals can be ordered with the assurance that they will
be sent according to order and fit in place correctly.
The gearing ends are designed to facilitate the
necessary changes required for any kinds of doubling.
The wheels are all machine moulded, and the teeth
are cleaned by machinery ; cut wheels can be supplied if
desired.
The pedestals for the driving shaft rest on broad
ledges, and every convenience is provided for oiling. Long
oil tubes are used, placed in convenient and conspicuous
places for such holes as are not readily accessible.
Panels enclose the gearing and off-ends of the frames,
and these form a guard against accidents.
Tin rollers. — We make frames with either single or
double tin rollers, as desired. Double tin rollers are
sometimes used for dry doubling, but single rollers are
always preferred for wet doubling. We strongly advise
single rollers in all cases, because with the spindles all being
driven from one cylinder, there is not the same liability of
slipping, and the result is that a more uniform twist is
obtained. The rollers are made in short lengths of very
strong material, coupled by stout cast-iron shafts.
The roller bearings. — The tin roller shafts run in
*' Mohler" self-adjusting and self-lubricating bearings, which
are cast-iron on cast-iron.
Girder rails are of a deep and very strong section, with
planed surfaces for carrying the spindles, etc.
234
Ring rails are made of wrought-iron planed on the top
and let into the poker top where they are also joined, so that
they cannot be accidentally displaced; they are consequently
very firm.
Splash boards are usually supplied with the wet
doubling frames to prevent the water from getting on to the
bands and tin rollers.
The lifting of the ring rail is operated by a lever
arrangement, with adjustable balance weights. The chain
and bowl system can be supplied if preferred.
The rocking levers for lifting the pokers are made in
halves, so that the ring rails can easily be set dead level.
Frames are made suitable for all classes of doubling.
The principal systems are known as the English dry,
English wet, and the Scotch system, this latter being also a
wet system. A description of each system, with illustration,
is given below.
IRON RODI
ENGLISH SYSTEM
(dry)
English system dry doubling. — In this system the
yarn comes from bobbins, and passes under an iron rod, and
over a glass slit guide through the rollers and round the top
roller, afterwards encircling a small glass pillar, and again
235
passing through the rollers, and on to the spindles. The
bottom rollers are made of polished steel ifin. dia. for hne
counts and 2in. dia. for coarse work, and the top rollers are
of polished cast-iron 2in. dia., but for fine work ifin. dia.
is more suitable.
English system wet doubling — In this system the
yarn from the bobbins passes under a glass rod in water and
on to the roller, and direct to the spindles. The water
troughs are placed behind and independent of the rollers,
and may be in short lengths of copper, wood, zinc, or por-
celain. We can, however, make the metal and wood troughs
in one continuous length, with taps at the ends for filling
and running the water off.
There is an arrangement at the end of the frame to lift
the glass rod out of the trough for cleaning, etc.
The rollers are brass covered, if in. or 2in. dia. according
to the counts of yarn and number of ends up being doubled.
Scotch doubling. — In the Scotch system the water
trough is continuous, and is carried on a beam with frequent
supports. Inside the trough and in the water runs a 22in.
hollow brass roller which can be raised out of the water by
means of a handle and worm gear placed at the end of the
frame. The top rollers are solid and brass covered, and
Ifin. in diameter. Copper troughs are usually made in long
lengths and supplied with a tap or other means for drawing
off the water for cleaning, etc. A traverse motion is also
provided for these frames.
236
We recommend that the bottom rollers run inwards
except for dry doubling and fine work; when we then arrange
for them to run outwards, if not specified otherwise.
Thread boards can be made on the single flap board
principle, one flap
to each spindle for
dry work. For
wet work the flap
board is usually
hinged in half
boxes, wnth glass
rods and brass
thread guides ; or
made in one contin-
uous length fixed
I to the beam, and
1 is slightly tilted to
allow the bobbins
to be lifted clear
^ when doffing. In
the Scotch sys-
tem the yarn
usually passes over
a glass rod which
is grooved for each
spindle, and this
groove acts as a
guide, seeing that
it comes directly
over the centre of the spindle, and therefore no thread
boards are required.
Spindles. — Sections are shown of the "improved
Phoenix" and also of the ''Acme" doubling spindles.
No. 1 shows in section our "Acme" spindle with oil
chamber under the wharve. No. 2 is the " Improved
Phoenix" elastic spindle fitted with a multiple screw oil
cup. This spindle can be made with or without oil cup if
desired.
Both the spindles are strongly made. They can be
supplied either with or without detachable oil cup, and they
will run at any reasonable speed. Special care has been
taken to make them suitable for all the varied requirements
of the doubling trade.
SCOTCH SYSTEM
237
1
DOUBLING SPINDLES.
238
Knee brake.— An exceedingly simple and convenient
brake, which also acts as a holding down catch, can be
supplied when required. When large heavy spindles are
used it greatly assists
the operati^'e by keeping
the spindles from revolv-
ing while piecing up. By
simply tilting the casting
(which rests loose on the
spindle rail) the spindle
can be removed, and
when used as a brake it
is worked by pressing
the knee against the pro-
jecting part in front of
the beam.
Building or copp-
ing motions.^ — Various
kinds of lifts or copping
motions are applied to
doublers. With flanged
bobbins the ring rail
traverses continually
from one end of the
bobbin to the other. If
the bobbin be made
without flanges the
ring rail commences by
travelling the full length
and gradually shortens so as to give taper ends By this
means each layer of yarn is quickly covered up, does not get
dirty, and is easily reeled or wound off. Finally the cop
may be built exactly like the spinning frame bobbin by the
application of a special builder motion.
For hard twisted or wet yarn double-flanged bobbins
are used, and the straight lift motion is usually adopted ;
this prevents waste in the handling of the bobbins, and lends
itself to a very easy system of doffing.
Creels are made to receive cops, ring frame bobbins,
or bobbins with double flanges, or spools or cheeses made
on the Winding Frame.
The creel we recommend for coarse or medium counts
is the one known as the porcupine creel. This consists
239
of wooden rails running lengthway of the frame, to which
are secured steel skewers slightly tilted to carry flanged
bobbins or Winding frame cheeses. When required, we
can arrange the creel so that the yarn is drawn vertically
from the mule or ring cop. For the finer yarns we can
supply a 2-height vertical creel, so that the bobbins can
be carried on revolvmg skewers. By this arrangement
there is less strain on the yarn than if carried by the
stationary skewers of the Porcupine creel.
Doubling Frame with 3-Height Vertical Creel.
For economical doubling of two • or more ends into one,
we strongly advise winding the yarn with the required
number of ends together, and then twist them on the doubler.
By this arrangement a more even and perfect twist is pro-
duced, and there is considerably less waste.
240
Creels for winding frame bobbins or cheeses,
say 5in. dia. per spindle requires a 2-height creel, and for
every additional bobbin per spindle 2-heights of creel extra
will be required.
Guards. — We supply guards to all wheels and moving
parts, and all dangerous parts are cased to meet the views
of the Factory Inspector.
Length of machine. — To find the number of spindles
that will stand in a given length, deduct the proper amount
for the gearing as given below, and divide the remainder by
the gauge, The result multiplied by two will be the number
of spindles. The number of spindles must be divisible
by two.
/Scotch System with ordinary driving... 2ft. Siin.
I ,, rollers driven in the middle 3ft. 42in.
p • rf - " driven at both ends ... 4ft. llin.
English System with ordinary driving. . . 2ft. 51 in.
1 ,, driven in the middle ... 3ft. lOin.
V ,, driven at both ends ...4ft. 7iin.
Width of frames are 3ft. Oin. wide for double tin
rollers, and 3ft. 6in. for single tin roller frames.
Counts, Gauge and Diameter of Rings, etc.
Gauge
2i"
2^
21"
8"
Si"
3*"
4"
Dia. of Ring
1^"
ir
2"
n"
n"
21"
3"
Spindle f
Wharve (
1"
1"
U"
ir
U"
H"
ir
Counts When I
30s
16s
10s
5s
3s
2s
Doubled ... j
to
60s
to
30s
to
20s
to
10s
to
6s
to
3s
Lift 4in., 4iin., Sin. or 6in.
Hand of machine. — To determine the hand of the
machine (for doublers with double cylinders) stand facing
the gearing and note if the pulleys must be on the right or
left hand.
Strapping. — The main driving belt is usually 3iin.
wnde, but for long or heavy frames we sometimes use a
4in. belt.
Driving pulleys. — These are usually 12in. dia., but
we can supply up to 16in. if required. Width 32in. or 4in.
wide according to the length, gauge and lift of frame.
241
DRY DOUBLING FRAME WITH PORCUPINE CREEL.
242
Height of driving shaft.— From the floor is 1ft. 4|in.
for double tin rollers, and 1ft. lOfin. for sinlge tin rollers.
The diameter of the shaft is l^in.
Below is a list of approximate speeds of spindles for the
various finished counts produced on Doubling Frames : —
Revs, of Counts when
Spindles Double
Revs, of Counts when
Spindles Double
4,000 2s to 3s ! 6,000 to 7,000 \ 10s to 20s
4,500 3s to 6s [ 7,000 to 7,500 16s to 30s
5,000 5s to 10s 11 7,500 to 8,000 30s to 60s
Power. — Spindles per l.H.P. on Counts when doubled: —
75 Spindles for Counts 60s 50 Spindles for Counts 10s
65 ,, ' ,, 40s 45 ,, ,, 5s
55 „ „ 20s 40 „ „ 2s
Weight of doubleps.— Net weight of the gearing
is l,176lbs., to which must be added the remainder of the
frame in lbs. per spindle as follows : —
Gauge 2iin. ... 20flbs.)
,, 2iin. ... 22ilbs. r Balance weights included.
Sin. ... 23flbs.)
To obtain the approximate gross weight add 33 per
cent, to the total weight obtained from the above data.
Reference to Gearing.
A Bottom change wheel 20 to 50 teeth
B Top ., ,, 20 to 50 ,,
C Roller wheel 50 ,,
Q ' Wheel on end of F.R. I
I driving lifter motion ) '"■ "
E Large wheel on top change
stud 50
F Large wheel on bottom change
stud 90
G Carrier v\ heel to rollers ..
H ,, 70 ,.
J Carrier wheel to rollers. 70 teeth
K L M N Lifter motion wheels driven
from D.
0 Bevel for hand winding of lifter
P Worm on lifter motion
Q ,. wheel of
R Tin roller
S Driving Pulleys
T Single tin roller wheel, 20 teeth
U Diameter of bottom rollers
Y ,. spindle wharve
Calculations.
Spindle speed. — In calculating the speed of spindles,
add the thickness of the spindle band to the diameters of
the tin roller and spindle wharves, the result will be very
approximately the actual speed.
Speed I speed of line shaft x drum x dia. of tin roller plus band
of r =
Spindles ) pulley on the frame x dia. of wharve plus band
243
244
Constant for Twist for Ring Doubler.
(Scotch System).
Bottom roller
wheel
50
>
20
Twist wheel
Compound
wheel
50
Twist wheel
Twist carrier
wheel
90
20
Driving
Dia. of tin roller
in gth + band
81
(Top change) (Bottom change) wheel
10 3"1416x2iin.
Dia of spl. wharve Cir. of 25in.
in|th + band delivery roller
580
In all our make of ring doublers we have two change
places, by means of which we can get any twist required.
The above constant is taken with 20s twist wheel on top
change. lOin. tin roller+li spindle wharve.
Constant with 50s twist wheel on top change, with all
conditions the same = 232.
Constant divided by turns per inch = twist wheel.
The two change places for the twist mentioned above
are one on the wheel gearing with the tin roller wheel and
the other one gearing with the wheel on the delivery roller.
Calling the first X and the second Y —
_ . , Constant
Turns per inch = -T^ — ,. ,. . , -^7-
X multiplied by Y
y _ Constant
Y multiplied by the required turns per inch
Constant
Y =
X multiplied by the required turns per inch
Or, in words, assuming any suitable value for one wheel
and multiplying it by the required turns per inch, the constant
divided by the product thus obtained will give the other wheel.
The result will be more exact if 5 to 10 per cent, be
added to the required turns to allow for slip as the constants
below are based on the calculated speed of the spindle.
Constants for different diameters of Spindle
Wharves and Bottom Rollers.
Diameter of Diameter of Roller
Spindle
Wharve 1 l^in.
1
Ifin.
2in. .
2|in.
2^in.
In. . , 1 •
i i 24150 1 20700 18100 | 16150
1 21500 1 18400 16100 14320
li 19350 16600 14520 ! 12900
li 17600 15100 13200 11720
14500
12670
11600
10550
245
Speed of Spindles Inches
Production = delivered
y/ of counts when doubled x twist constant pgp minute
Inches delivered
per minute
w ^r> • .. actual workmg
X 60 mm. x , . r ^
hours ot frame
hanks
pep week
36in. X 840 yards
Constant numbers of twist. — This varies accord-
ins^ to the class of work being produced. It would be
impossible to give a definite list of constants. We give
below a list that could be taken as a guide : —
2 and 3 fold Sewing yarns
6, 9 fold Sewing yarns, preparing
6, 9 ,, ,, finishing
Hosiery (very soft)
Ordinary Knitting cotton
,, Bradford
,, Coarse yarn
Nottingham Lace yarn
Crochet preparing
,, finishing
V counts X
X
X
X
X
S
4-5
8
4
7
X eh
X 6^
X
X
X
5
7
5'6
Trave
175s
3'5s
5s
5*5s
6s
7s
8s
10s
lePS foP Wet Doubling. — Counts when doubled
No.
9s traveller
10s
lis
12s
13s
14s
15s
d6s
15s ...
20s-25s
30s ...
40s ...
50s ...
60s ...
70s ...
80s ...
No. 17s traveller
18s
19s
20s
22s
23s
24s
25s
«s
10s
For Dry Doubling.
. No. 12s traveller
. „ 10s
-Counts when doubled.
traveller
15s
20s
No. 8s
,, 6s
There is no fixed rule for travellers required for any
given Counts, as they vary according to the speed of spindles,
diameter of ring used, twist, put in number of ends up, and
the class of yarn being doubled. Therefore the list given
herewith must only be taken as a guide for arriving at the
number of the traveller required.
246
RING DOUBLERS QUERIES.
To be answered when ordering' Machines.
How nian> Frames?
For Dry or Wet Doubling ?
Scotch or English Syt-tem ?
Facing gearing end, must pulley be on right or left ; show direction of rotation.
Driven from above or below ?
Driven over gallows pulleys or by half-twisted strap ?
If half-twisted strap, give height cf line shaft from tloor and direction of rotation.
Diameter of pulley on frame ?
Diameter of pulley on line shaft ? Speed of line shaft '!
Length of frame overall?
Width of frame ? Standard 3ft. 6in. with single and 3ft. with double tin rollers.
Number of spindles?
Gauge ?
Length of lift?
Inside diameter of rings ? If spinning or doubling pattern ?
Bobbins with or without heads? If tapering or copping motion ?
Diameter of Bobbin heads ? Diameter of hole in bobbin ?
Improved " Phoenix " or "Acme" spindles?
Diameter of spindle wharve ?
With or without detachable oil cup ?
Knee brake to each spindle or not ?
Speed of spindles ? To run twist or weft way ?
Diameter of tin roller ?
Single or double tin roller ?
Rollers to run outwards or inwards ?
Diameter of bottom roller ? Solid or hollow ?
Diameter of top roller ? Solid or hollow ?
Must rollers be brass covered or not ?
Kevs. of spindle for one of front roller?
Turns per inch ?
Counts to be doubled, single yarn ? double yarn ?
Number of ends into one ?
From winding frame spools with ends on one spool.
' Fi;om cops or bobbins ?
Extreme length and diameter of full creel bobbins ?
If from bobbins, must creel be upright or porcupine or for horizontal
skewers ? How many heights ?
Sketch of creel to be given unless left to us ?
Thread boards, single flap or half boxes ? ,
Thread boards with glass rod and brass guide ?
Thread boards slightly tilted and fixed to beam ?
Troughs to be of zinc or copper, in long or short lengths ?
Rope driving and tightening motions for tin rollers?
Hank Indicators? Specify change wheels required.
EXTRAS —
Detachable oil cup to spindles ?
Knee brake to each spindle?
Above Sin. lift ?
Creels for more than two ends into one ?
Builder motion for cops ?
Rope driving and tightening motion for connecting tin rollers
Indicators?
247
Flyer Doublers.
These machines are mostly used for doubhng very
coarse yarns; such as heald, netting, etc.
They are usually made on the English system with the
water troughs behind the rollers, but can be made on the
dry system if desired.
The gearing ends, pedestals, and the tin roller
bearings are similar in design and construction to those
used on the ring doubler or spinning frames.
The rollers for dry work are usually 2in. dia., the
bottom roller is made of polished steel and the tops of
polished cast-iron. For Wet doubling these rollers are
brass covered.
Troughs are made of copper in one length with a tap
at one end for drawing off the water for cleanmg, etc. We
also supply an arrangement at the end of the frame for
raising the glass rods out of the trough.
Creels are made suitable for 2-headed bobbins, similar
in design to those of the ring doubler.
Single tin rollers are mostly employed on these frames,
and arranged for either band or tape drive for the spindles.
Double tin rollers can be supplied if desired. They are
miade in short lengths of strong material, coupled by stout
cast-iron shafts, running in self-adjusting and self-lubricating
bearings of the " Mohler " type.
Spindles.— The ordinary flyer or the self-contained
spindles are used on these frames, and can be either driven
by bands or tapes as desired. The spindles, when doubling
fine counts and of a small lift, the self-contained are often
adopted on account of the higher speed obtainable, steady
running, and reduced power required.
The ordinary flyer spindles are fitted with footsteps,
made on self-lubricating principle w4th loose covers to
facilitate oiling, and for keeping out dirt, fluff, etc.
Rails. — The travelling rails are of a good section and
fitted with brass bolsters.
Drag.— Suitable arrangements are employed for getting
any amount of drag that may be required.
248
Thread boards are made of polished hard wood fitted
with brass guides and the usual glass rod.
Building motion.— The usual motion employed on the
heavy doublers is the chain and bowl lifting motion, with
heart and levers for giving motion to the rails. By this
arrangement each spindle rail assists in balancing the rail
on the opposite side.
The bobbins usually employed on those frames are the
straight 2-headed kind.
Driving pulleys are usually 12in. to 16in. dia. X 3iin.
to 4in wide, according to length of frame.
Power varies considerably according to the kind of
spindle used, lift, thie actual finished counts, and the amount
of twist put in. Approximate power is : —
Siin. gauge frame, 3,500 revs, of spl., 50 to 55 spls. for I.H.P.
4in. „ „ 3,200 „ „ 42 to 46 „
4iin. „ „ 2,800 „ „ 38 to 41 „
5in. ,, „ 2,250 „ „ 33 to 36 ,,
6in. „ „ 1,750 „ „ 26 to 30 „
Gearing occupies 2ft. 6oin. and width of the machine
is 3ft. 6in. if single tin rollers, and 3ft. Oin. for double tin
rollers.
249
250
Winding Frames.
Knowles' winding frames. —We are the sole makers
of this quick traverse winding frame, for winding either
single or up to 6 ends, upon paper or wood tubes of small
diameter without heads ; parallel or conical bobbins can
be made on the same machine without any alteration.
The traverse motion is actuated by a cam at one
end of the machine, and a motion can be supplied that will
give any length of traverse from ifin to 5 in. The usual
length of traverse is 5in.
We supply when desired a shortening motion for
making bobbins with tapered ends.
The bobbins are driven by friction by means of an
iron roller l^in. dia., usually running at 700 revolutions
per minute, placed on each side of the frame; for single
winding this drives the, bobbin.
Stop motions. — Where several ends are to be wound
upon one bobbin there is a self-acting stop motion to each
end. On the loin, roller an intermediate roller of cast-iron
is introduced, usually covered with leather, and when one
end breaks this intermediate roller is at once lifted out of
contact, and by pressing the bobbin against a brake instantly
stops the winding, and at the same time lifts the remaining
threads out of the guide on the traverse, thus preventing
waste.
Creels are made to order suitable for the required class
of winding and the requirements of the trade. They are
made for either Mule Cops, Ring Frame Bobbins, Double-
headed Bobbins, or spools from Winding Frames to wind
off lengthways, or when flanged bobbins are to be used we
supply an adjustable rail to receive revolving spindles.
For hank winding we supply brackets for supporting the
swifts on which the hanks are placed. When winding from
cops we can, if desired, supply a clearing arrangement.
Pressure roller. — These frames are usually supplied
with an automatic i)ressure roller. This roller is the heaviest
at the beginning of the bobbin, and gradually decreases in
weight as the diameter of the bobbin increases. By this
device a much firmer bobbin, with perfect ends, is produced.
251
The drag board runs the whole length of the frame,
covered with cloth, and is so arranged that it can be put in
a suitable position to give the required amount of drag or
tension for the class of yarn being wound.
Space. — Width of frame 4ft. Space occupied by
gearing 4ft. (but if driven over gallows pulleys 3ft. 8in.),
with shortening motion for 5in. traverse. Distance from
centre to centre of drum is 7in.
Length overall (with or without stop motions) : —
No. of
Drums
40 — 20 each side
50—25
60—30
70—35
80—40
Power.—
8in dia. X 2in.
25in. 5in.
Traverse Traverse
ft. in.
8
ft.
10
11
13
15
16
15
18
21
24
27
No. of
Drums
95—45 each side 18
100—50
110—55
120—60
aiin.
"raverse
ft. in.
5in.
Traverse
ft. in.
18
4
30 3
20
0
33 2
21
8
36 1
23
4
39 0
120 drums to I.H.P. Pulleys. — Usually
wide. Speeds. — 700 revs, per min.
Weights and Measurements.
(Approximate).
G
ross
Net
Cubic ft.
60 drums
2in.
traverse
40
cwt.
32
cwt.
126
100 ,,
2in.
56
45
,,
165
70 ,,
5iii.
53
,,
44
, ,
165
70 ,,
5iu.
,, (stop motion)
57
, ,
45
, ,
179
100
5in.
72
M
60
'•
191
252
RNOWLES' PATENT WINDING FRAME
SPECIFICATION.
How many Frames ? How many Drums in each Frame ?
Diameter of Driving Pulleys ? (Usually Sin.)
Speed of Driving Pulleys? (Usually 700 revs, per minute).
How many ends to wind into one ? (Usually three).
Extra if with four ends, five ends, or six ends into one.
We apply a Self-acting Stop Motion to each end when more than
one is wound.
If to have shortening motion ? Length of traverse ?
Creel to wind from cops or bobbins
Description of bobbins ? On Spindle or Skewer ?
We make these Frames to wind on paper tubes |in. or fin. diameter,
or on plain wooden tubes l^in. diameter, which will you have ?
Stop INIotion with plain rod or knuckle joint ?
When must the Frame be delivered ?
Please state whether the Machine will stand at right angles to the
Driving Shaft, or parallel to it ?
253
254
^
The Camless Quick-traverse
Cross Winding Frame.
This machine is the only Cross Winding frame made
without cam, eccentric, spHt drum, or other cam substitute.
There is no reciprocating thread, guide or rail employed.
Cotton, wool, worsted, mohair, jute, silk, or any
other material, can be wound, and the enormous production
in single winding either on cones and cheeses will recommend
It strongly to the hosiery yarn industry.
The adjustment from cones to parallel cheeses, or
vice- versa, is simply and quickly made.
Solid, firmly wound spools for doubling purposes, tran-
sport, etc., are produced, but if intended for dyeing in the
spool, they can be wound as soft as desired, and particularly
so at the extremities (which is not possible in machines
actuated by cams) in order to permit the easy access of the
dyeing liquor to all parts of the spool.
Traverse motion. — The movement of every part of
the traverse motion is continuously circular, smooth
and silent, and there is no strain or friction beyond
the drag required on the yarn.
An illustration of the traverse motion is given, from
which may be seen that it consists essentially of two pro-
jecting fingers suitably shaped, revolving in one direction
and driving two similarly shaped fingers in the opposite
direction, by means of small pinions in the centre of each
pair. The yarn is carried by one finger along a stationary
guide rail and brought back again by a finger revolving in
the opposite direction. The second finger of each pair
merely repeats the action of the first one, so that the four
traverses of the yarn are obtained by one revolution of the
fingers, which admits of the latter being run at a com-
paratively low speed, thus making wear and tear in the
perfectly balanced traverse motion practically non-existent.
The driving pairs of fingers are driven by means of
bevels from a shaft running the whole length of the machine,
through clutches which are disengaged when the spool stops,
so that the fingers stop at the same time. They are restarted
255
simultaneously with the spools, by means of a slight pressure
on the handle of the stop lever.
The absence of vibration or strain on any portion of
this machine means a life far in excess of that attainable in
any machine in which cams or reciprocating motions are
employed.
Stop motion, — The improved instantaneous stop
motion ensures the stopping of the spool well before the
broken end runs on, provided the break occurs, as it generally
does, somewhere in the neighbourhood of the detector wire.
The ends are laid in the form of a perfect ribbon without
twisting or overlapping.
Creels are made to order suitable for the required class
of winding and requirements of the trade. They are made
for either Mule Cops, Ring Frame Bobbins, Double-headed
Bobbins, or spools from Winding Frames to wind off length-
ways, or when flanged bobbins are to be used we supply a
rail to receive revolving spindles. For hank winding we
supply brackets for supporting the swifts on which the hanks
are placed. When winding from cops we can, if desired,
supply a clearing arrangement.
The drag board runs the whole length of the frame,
covered with cloth, and is so arranged that it can be put in
a suitable position to give the required amount of drag or
tension for the class of yarn being wound.
Pulleys. — Usually Sin. dia. X 2in. wide. Speed. —
1,000 revs, per min.
Power — 120 drums to i.H.p. Space. — Width of
frame 3ft. 6in. Space occupied by gearing 1ft. Gfin.
Centre to centre of drums lOoin.
Production. — For multiple winding, with instanta-
neous stop motion to each end, 10,000 to 12,000 inches per
minute (1,000 to 1,200 hanks per week, allowing ample time
for cleaning, etc.), can be easily wound.
For single winding a production of 12,000 to 15,000
inches or even more, per minute (1,200 to 1,500 hanks per
week) can be achieved without difficulty.
256
\
257
QUERY SHEET.
PATENT CAMLESS CROSS WINDER.
How many machines ?
Number of drums per machine ?
or Extreme length ?
Parallel bobbins ?
or Conical bobbins ? Cone spindles e-itra
Traverse ?
Diameter of full bobbin ?
To wind on paper or wood tubes ? Special spindles extra
To wind cotton, wool, worsted, mohair, or what?
Counts in creel ? Scale ?
To be arranged for doubling winding ?
How many ends ?
Automatic stop motion to each end ?
Automatic stop motion for full bobbins ?
Creel for cops, ring bobbins, or what ?
Special requirements regarding the cresl ?
Special requirements regarding drag on yarn ?
5 or 6 ends per spool extra
from hanks extra
Observations : —
Where special paper or wooden tubes are to be used, or special
cop-skewers, samples must be sent, so that we can supply suitable
spindles and skewer-brackets (we do not supply skewers).
Date
Signature
258
JiiJL I,
259
Cop and Bobbin Reels,
We have patterns for the single cop reels for hand
or power and the double bobbin reel for power only.
These machines are very simple, well made, and very light
running, and are arranged for reeling plain or cross hanks
from ring spinning, ring doubler, or flyer doubler bobbins,
or from mule cops on either the English or French
system of reeling.
Bobbin reels are usually. made double 40 hank, Siin.
gauge, and fitted with 7-lea, crossing and patent
"bridge" doffing motion. Double 30 hank reels can
be supplied if desired.
Cop reels are made single, that is, with one swift only,
and fitted with 7-lea or measuring motion, which auto-
matically stops the machine on the completion of the hank
or given length delivered.
The swifts are built up of tin rollers and wood swivels
for the cop reels or machines for very light work, and for
the heavier work steel tubes are substituted for the tin
rollers, and the swivels are made of iron in place of wood.
A swift brake is applied to the single cop reel; it
consists of a leather brake carried on the strap fork rod,
which comes in contact with the fast pulley as the driving
strap moves on to the loose pulley, thus automatically
stopping the machine in half a revolution when running at
the highest speed. A brake can be applied to the double
reel if specially ordered.
Drop motions. — For the purpose of doffing on the
cop or light reels we arrange that the swift can be closed
up, but for reels working the heavier or hard twisted
yarns we supply a drop motion to two of the swivels. This
consists of a hinge with special locking or fastening arrange-
ment, which when unlocked allows the swivel to drop and
thus release the hank, which can then be easily removed.
Doffing. — We usually supply the bridge motion, the
simplest yet invented. There is nothing to get out of order,
and it is, impossible for the hanks to get soiled when doffing.
The end of swift shaft is enclosed in a lubricating loose
bush ; this bush when the swift is running rests on a ledge
260
cast on the frame end ; on the other arm is placed a bracket
so shaped to overlap this ledge. When the swift is dropped
it is pushed on to the bracket (clearly shown in Fig. l).
The hanks are then pulled off and placed in the recess be-
tween the two arms, the swift is then put back into its
working position, and the hanks can be lifted out.
Fig. 1.— SINGLE COP REEL.
We can supply the gate or the wheel doffing motion
if desired.
Traverse motion. — By a simple arrangement this
machine can be changed from 7-lea to cross reeling or
vice-versa.
The 7-lea motion is worked from the swift by means
of a worm and wheel giving motion to a cross shaft on which
is a projection working into a step-down rack.
Cross winding motion is also worked from the swift
shaft by a pair of bevel wheels giving motion to a shaft ; on
the end of this shaft is placed a disc to which is secured an
adjustable bracket and stud connected up to the traverse
rail, clearly seen in Fig. 2.
Creels for the single cop reel consist of a wood rail
placed in front of the swift, and arranged to take either
skewers for mule cops or split plugs for ring frame bobbins.
For the double reel the creels are provided for split plugs
for cop-built bobbins, or for revolving steel spindles for
double-flanged bobbins. The spindles are carried in cast-
261
iron rails with a suitable drag motion provided to prevent
the bobbins over-running the swift.
We supply also a self-acting knocking-off motion
which automatically stops the machme on the completion
of the hank. A skeining motion can also be supplied
when desired.
The back of the machine is supplied with pegs, sockets,
back laps, etc., to enable any classes of cops, pirns, or
bobbins to be reeled, and the machine is in every way made
adaptable for a wide range of work.
Fig. 2
Dimensions and Weights of Reels.
Length Width
Gross Net 1 Cubic
tee.
Ft. in. Ft. in. i Cwts. qrs. lbs. | Cvvts. 1
Double 40 '
Hank Reel ...' 13 4 4 0 9 1 12 6 95
Single 40
Hank Reel ...j 12 9 3 2 i 8 1 8 1 5 78
Speed. — Double bobbin reel ...
Single cop reel
Pulleys. — Double reel ...
Single reel ...
Power. — 10 double bobbin reels
20 single cop reels ...
262
150 revs.
90 „
Sin. X l^in.
6in. X Uin.
= 1 H.P.
= 1 H.P.
COP AND BOTTOM REEL SPECIFICATION.
No. of ^lachines ? Single or Double ? No. of Hanks?
Gauge? in. Circumference of Swift ?
Swifts to be of Steel or Tin ? Wood or Iron Swivels ?
Crossing Motion ? Seven-Lea Motion ?
Kind of Doffing Motion required ? Drop Motion ?
Skeining Motion ? Keel to be fitted with Brushes ?
Diameter of Driving Pulleys? in.
Speed of Driving Pulley ? revs.
Kind of Creel? Split Plugs, Skewers, or Spindles?
EXTRAS :—
Cross Motion, Drop Motion, Skeining Motion, Brushes,.
Automatic Brake for Swifts.
263
IMPROVED BUNDLING PRESS.
264
Yarn Bundling Press.
These machines are made exceptionally strong, with
all facings for stretches and yarn box machined.
•The yarn box is 12in. long and 8iin. wide for 101b.
bundles, and usually made for four or five strings. The
box, however, can be made any special size and for any
number of strings. Loose wood lininp^s and block are
supplied when required to make 51b. bundles. Special
attention has been given to the top bars and locking
levers to ensure perfect-fitting hinges and joints.
Knocking-off motion.— A self-acting atid adjustable
knocking-off" motion is applied, which brtngs a brake into
action directly the machine is stopped.
Lifting motion. — The pressure on the yarn is got by
two eccentrics placed on either side of the lifting wheel ; an
arm from each of these is connected to the underside of the
box, thus giving a very uniform pressure. The press can
be worked by hand by removing the hand wheel (seen in
the illustration) and putting thereon a specially-formed
hand wheel.
Diameter of pulleys 24in. x 3in.
Speed ... ... ... ... 60 revs, per min.
Power ... *tof H.p.
Weights and Dimensions.
Floor space required ... ... 3ft. 0. X 2ft. Oin.
Gross weight ... ... ... 13 cwts. 0 qrs. 12 lbs.
Net weight 10 „ 3 „ 19 „
Cubic measurement ... ... ... ... 45 cubic feet.
Production.— 9, OOOlbs. to 10,0001bs. per week in 101b.
bundles, and 8, OOOlbs. to 9, OOOlbs. when working 51b.
bundles.
265
Winding and Twisting
Machinery.
Fop Cotton, Silk, Hemp, Jute, Flax, Worsted,
Woollen, China-Grass, Twines, &c.
We also make a positive stop motion winding
doubling machine. — This machine is made to wind up to
20 threads on a bobbin, with postive stop motion to each,
it has double drums, and there is no friction when thread
stops — all levers ^are done away with. The simplest
machine on the market to work.
The ''B" machine is built very strong, making Sin. by
Sin. bobbins for jute, hemp and twine.
266
Twine laying machine. — This is the only machine
that will lay hemp, jute and flax twine to advantage, and
it does the work perfectly at a very small cost. One girl
can mind tw^o machines, and of one lea laid twine in 56 hours
she turns out 2,400 lbs. per week. This machine is a strong
and heavy Sin. lift, or can be made 6in. lift for medium and
light twines.
Cable thread and crochet cotton machine. —
This machine puts in the right and left hand twist at one
operation, thus saving a second machine in making cable
threads or cords, and also saves the re-winding between the
ordinary two-twistings. It is in use for six 'cord sewings,
crochet cottons, fishing net twines, etc.
Up twisting machine. — This machine is used for
Hemp, Jute, Cotton, Worsted, Woollen, Knittings, and all
classes of Dry Twistings.
The advantages are : —
1st. — Half the space saved.
2nd. — A large bobbin is used, consequently a long
length without a knot.
3rd. — A great speed is got wdth this large bobbin.
4th. — The warp winding is done by this machine
in twisting, thus saving the warp winding
machine.
5th. — The twist is more perfect and rounder.
6th — Production very great.
267
Spindle Banding Machines.
These machines are used for making spindle banding
from spoiled cops, or perfect cops, by which a great saving
is made, as the banding can be made for fd. per lb. from
the cops, and it is well stretched in the process of making,
both in the strands and the complete cord, consequently it
does not get slack in working.
These machines are in work in almost every country
in Europe and in America, and give great satisfaction.
268
Balling Machine.
Below we give a view of this machine. The bobbins
from the spindle banding machine are placed in a creel or
stand, and the banding passes through an eyelet and flyer
on to a spindle. This spindle, having a horizontal radial
movement, makes the balls any desired shape and size up
to Sin. dia. There is an arrangement to run the spindle at
various speeds to suit the different shapes of balls being
wound. ■
This machine can be worked by hand or power.
The machines are built upon a table as shown, and
stands can be supplied to carry same if required.
269
MACHINES MOST ADAPTED FOR
SPINNING YARNS FROM WASTE OR
SHORT STAPLE COTTONS.
HARD WASTE, COP BOTTOMS, etc.
For Fine Shoddy Yarns.
Hard waste breaking machine, made with any
nut7iber of cylinders, for breaking up cop bottoms and
other hard waste.
Automatic feeder arranged to feed on to the lattice of
a single scutcher, fitted w4th fans for down-draft,
Lord's pedal feed motion with cone regulator, and lap
arrangement for making laps for 48in. cards.
Breaker carding engine, 48in. on the wnre, with
extended lattice feed table for two scutcher laps, wnth tw^o
2in. feed rollers covered with inserted wire, one 2in. roller
over same covered with leather fillet, 9in. taker-in with
inserted wire, 50in. cylinder, seven rollers, six clearers, and
one clearer over taker-in, one wood fancy with draft or
bright roller under same, with 30in. doffer. Supplied with
draw box and coiler delivery.
Derby doubiers, with V table for 96 cans for 48in.
cards, provided with stop motion and arranged to make laps
from sliver of breaker card. Two or three of these laps are
placed on the feed table of the finisher card.
Finishing carding engine, which is usually made
48in. on the wire, with extended lattice for two Derby
doubler laps placed one behind the other, two feed rollers
covered with inserted wire, one roller for leather fillet, 9in.
taker-in covered with inserted wire, 50in. cylmder, seven
rollers, six clearers, and one clearer over taker-in, one wood
fancy with draft or bright roller under same, 24in. ring
doflfer fitted with single rubber wood divider, fly-comb
condenser to take off from 18 to 36 ends on the one bobbin,
according to the counts to be spun. Sometimes a tape
condenser is used to take off from 36 to 80 ends.
''The bobbins made on the condensers are afterwards
put into the stands of the self-acting mule or ring frame.
270
Self-acting mules, for spinning all kinds of waste,
made with rim shaft parallel to carriage or headstock,
as desired, and the creels can be arranged for either
condenser or roving bobbins.
Ring spinning frames arranged with surface drums
to receive the condenser bobbins or creels to take cheeses
direct from the carding engine or roving frame bobbins.
MACHINES FOR SOFT WASTE
Bump Yarn Strippings, Roller Waste, Scutcher
Droppings, etc.
Self-acting willow or cotton opening and clean-
ing machine, supplied with feeding and deliver}' lattice and
intermittent motion feed rollers.
Waste shaker, for cleaning opener and scutcher
droppings.
Single Crighton opener, with vertical beater, arranged
for hand feeding and with delivery lattice. A small sized
machine is sometimes used with a 30in. vertical beater,
which produces about 35,0001bs. per week.
A self-acting willow may be used for very dirty
cotton w^aste instead of a Crighton opener.
Automatic feeder, arranged to feed on the lattice
of a single scutcher, fitted with fans- for down draft,
Lord's pedal feed motion with cone regulator, and lap
arrangement for making laps for 48in cards.
Breaker carding engine, 48in. on the wire, with ex-
tended lattice feed table for two scutcher laps, two 2in. feed
rollers covered with inserted wire, one 2in. roller over same
covered with leather fillet, 9in. taker-in W'ith inserted wire,
50in. cylinder, seven rollers, six clearers, and one clearer over
taker-in, one wood fancy with draft or bright roller under
same, with 30in doffer, fitted with side drawing for Scotch
feed.
Finishing carding engine, which is usually made
48in. on the wire, with Scotch feed, two feed rollers covered
with inserted wire, one roller for leather fillet, 9in. taker-in
covered with inserted wire, 50in. cylinder, seven rollers, six
271
clearers, and one clearer over taker-in, one wood fancy with
ring draft or bright roller under same, 24in. ring doffer fitted
with single rubber wood divider, fly-comb condenser to take
off from 14 to 22 ends on to one bobbin, according to the
counts to be spun.
The bobbins made on the condensers are afterwards
put into the stands of the self-acting mule or ring frame.
Self-acting mules, for spinning all kinds of waste,
made with rim shaft parallel to carriage or headstock, as
desired, and the creels can be arranged for either condenser
or roving bobbins.
Ring spinning frames, arranged with surface drums
to receive the condenser bobbins or with creels to take
cheeses direct from the carding engine or roving frame
bobbins.
ALSO MAKERS OF ALL KINDS
OF
Woollen Machinery, Scribblers and Carders (Wood or
Iron) with STEEL SHAFTS and CASE-HARDENED
Necks. Blamire's and Scotch Feeds. Single Doffer,
Double Doffer and Tape Condensers with Two, Four,
or Six Tiers of Single or Tandem Rubbers. Grinding
Frames, Patent Self-acting Mules for Woollen, Worsted,
Silk, and Cotton Waste. Worsted Carding Engines.
Burr Crushers.
272
3 ETEE DDE31 DM3 fl
77^
SPEC. COLL TS 1583 .J63 1921
John Hetherington & Sons.
Illustrated catalogue of
textile machinery made by
7
V
C^%)^1
'^^t%:
m